Compounds

ABSTRACT

There is provided a compound of formula I: 
                         
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. There are also provided processes for the manufacture of a compound of Formula 1, and the use of a compound of Formula 1 as a medicament and in the treatment of cancer.

This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.60/823,311 (filed Aug. 23, 2006), and U.S. Provisional Application No.60/938,776 (filed May 18, 2007). Each of these applications isincorporated by reference in its entirety.

The present invention relates to compounds which act as mTOR inhibitors,their use and their synthesis.

BACKGROUND

Growth factor/mitogenic activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase(PI3K)/AKT signalling pathway ultimately leads to the key cell cycle andgrowth control regulator mTOR, the mammalian target of rapamycin(alternatively referred to as FRAP (FKBP12 and rapamycin associatedprotein), RAFT1 (rapamycin and FKBP12 target 1), RAPT1 (rapamycin target1)—all derived from the interaction with the FK-506-binding proteinFKBP12, and SEP (sirolimus effector protein)). mTOR is a mammalianserine/threonine kinase of approximately 289 kDa in size and a member ofthe evolutionary conserved eukaryotic TOR kinases (refs. 1-4). The mTORprotein is a member of the P13-kinase like kinase (PIKK) family ofproteins due to its C-terminal homology (catalytic domain) withP13-kinase and the other family members, e.g. DNA-PKcs (DNA dependentprotein kinase), ATM (Ataxia-telangiectasia mutated). In addition to acatalytic domain in the C-terminus, mTOR contains a FKBP12/rapamycincomplex binding domain (FRB). At the N-terminus up to 20 HEAT(Huntingtin, EF3, alpha regulatory subunit of PP2A and TOR) motifs arefound whilst more C-terminal is a FAT (FRAP-ATM-TRRAP) domain, and atthe extreme C-terminus of the protein an additional FAT domain is found(FAT-C) (refs. 5,6).

TOR has been identified as a central regulator of both cell growth(size) and proliferation, which is in part governed by translationinitiation. TOR dependant phosphorylation of S6-kinase (S6K1) allowstranslation of ribosomal proteins involved in cell cycle progression(refs. 7-9). Cap-dependant translation is regulated by thephosphorylation of the eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4E(eIF4E)-binding protein 1 (4E-BP1 (PHAS-1)). This modification preventsPHAS-1 binding eIF4E, thereby permitting formation of an active eIF4Ftranslation complex (reviewed in refs. 10,11,12). Activation of thesesignalling elements is dependant on insulin, other growth factors andnutrients suggesting a gatekeeper role for mTOR in the control of cellcycle progression only under favourable environmental conditions. ThePI3K/AKT signalling cascade lies upstream of mTOR and this has beenshown to be deregulated in certain cancers and results in growth factorindependent activation in, for example, PTEN deficient cells. mTOR liesat the axis of control for this pathway and inhibitors of this kinase(e.g. sirolimus (rapamycin or Rapamune™) and everolimus (RAD001 orCertican™)) are already approved for immunosuppression and drug elutingstents (reviewed in refs. 13, 14), and are now receiving particularinterest as novel agents for cancer treatment.

Tumour cell growth arises from the deregulation of normal growth controlmechanisms such as the loss of tumour suppressor function(s). One suchtumour suppressor is the phosphatase and tensin homologue deleted fromchromosome ten (PTEN). This gene, also known as mutated in multipleadvanced cancers (MMAC), has been shown to play a significant role incell cycle arrest and is the most highly mutated tumour suppressor afterp53. Up to 30% of glioblastoma, endometrial and prostate cancers havesomatic mutations or deletions of this locus (refs. 15, 16).

PI3K converts phosphatidylinositol 4,5, bisphosphate (PIP2) tophosphatidylinositol 3,4,5, triphosphate (PIP3) whilst PTEN isresponsible for removing the 3′ phosphate from PIP3 producing PIP2.PI3-K and PTEN act to maintain an appropriate level of PIP3 whichrecruits and thus activates AKT (also known as PKB) and the downstreamsignalling cascade that is then initiated. In the absence of PTEN, thereis inappropriate regulation of this cascade, AKT becomes effectivelyconstitutively activated and cell growth is deregulated. An alternativemechanism for the deregulation of this cell signalling process is therecent identification of a mutant form of the PI3K isoform, p110alpha(ref. 17). The apparent increased activity of this mutant is thought toresult in increased PIP3 production, presumably in excess of that whichthe function of PTEN can counteract. Increased signalling from PI3K,thus results in increased signalling to mTOR and consequently, itsdownstream activators.

In addition to the evidence linking mTOR with cell cycle regulation(from G1 to S-phase) and that inhibition of mTOR results in inhibitionof these regulatory events it has been shown that down regulation ofmTOR activity results in cell growth inhibition (Reviewed in refs. 7,18, 19). The known inhibitor of mTOR, rapamycin, potently inhibitsproliferation or growth of cells derived from a range of tissue typessuch as smooth muscle, T-cells as well as cells derived from a diverserange of tumour types including rhabdomyosarcoma, neuroblastoma,glioblastoma and medulloblastoma, small cell lung cancer, osteosarcoma,pancreatic carcinoma and breast and prostate carcinoma (reviewed in ref.20). Rapamycin has been approved and is in clinical use as animmunosuppressant, its prevention of organ rejection being successfuland with fewer side effects than previous therapies (refs. 20, 21).Inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin and its analogues (RAD001, CCI-779) isbrought about by the prior interaction of the drug with the FK506binding protein, FKBP12. Subsequently, the complex of FKBP12/rapamycinthen binds to the FRB domain of mTOR and inhibits the downstreamsignalling from mTOR.

The potent but non-specific inhibitors of PI3K, LY294002 and wortmannin,also have been shown to inhibit the kinase function of mTOR but actthrough targeting the catalytic domain of the protein (ref. 21). Furtherto the inhibition of mTOR function by small molecules targeted to thekinase domain, it has been demonstrated that kinase dead mTOR cannottransmit the upstream activating signals to the downstream effectors ofmTOR, PHAS-1 or p70S6 kinase (ref. 22). It is also shown that not allfunctions of mTOR are rapamycin sensitive and this may be related to theobservation that rapamycin alters the substrate profile of mTOR ratherthan inhibiting its activity per se (ref. 23). Analysis of theinteractions of mTOR with other cellular factors has revealed that inaddition to the mTOR-Raptor complex, there is also an mTOR-Rictorcomplex representing a rapamycin insensitive activity of mTOR (B)(Sarbassov et al. Current Biology (2004) 14, 1296-1302). This activitylikely accounts for the discrepancy between kinase dead mTOR and thealteration of mTOR signalling by rapamycin and its derivatives. Thediscrepancy also identifies the possibility of a therapeutic advantagein inhibiting directly the catalytic activity of mTOR. It has beensuggested that a catalytic inhibitor of mTOR may be a more effectiveantagonist of cancer cell proliferation and survival and that rapamycinmay be more useful in combination with agents that can compensate forits failure to completely disrupt pathway signalling (Choo and Blenis,Cancer Cell (2006) 9, 77-79; Hay, Cancer Cell (2005) 8, 179-183).Therefore, it is proposed that a kinase domain directed inhibitor ofmTOR may be a more effective inhibitor of mTOR.

In addition to rapamycin's ability to induce growth inhibition(cytostasis) in its own right, rapamycin and its derivatives have beenshown to potentiate the cytotoxicity of a number of chemotherapiesincluding cisplatin, camptothecin and doxorubicin (reviewed in ref. 20).Potentiation of ionising radiation induced cell killing has also beenobserved following inhibition of mTOR (ref. 24). Experimental andclinical evidence has shown that rapamycin analogues are showingevidence of efficacy in treating cancer, either alone or in combinationwith other therapies (see refs. 10, 18, 20). These findings suggest thatpharmacological inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be of therapeutic valuefor treatment of the various forms of cancer comprising solid tumourssuch as carcinomas and sarcomas and the leukaemias and lymphoidmalignancies. In particular, inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be oftherapeutic value for treatment of, for example, cancer of the breast,colorectum, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lungcancer and bronchioalveolar cancer) and prostate, and of cancer of thebile duct, bone, bladder, head and neck, kidney, liver, gastrointestinaltissue, oesophagus, ovary, pancreas, skin, testes, thyroid, uterus,cervix and vulva, and of leukaemias (including ALL and CML), multiplemyeloma and lymphomas.

Renal cell carcinoma in particular, has been identified as sensitive tothe rapamycin derivative CCI-779, resulting from a loss of VHLexpression (Thomas et al. Nature Medicine (2006) 12, 122-127). Tumoursthat have lost the promyelocytic leukaemia (PML) tumour suppressor, havealso been shown to be sensitive to inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin as aconsequence of disruption of the regulation of the mTOR signallingpathway (Bernadi, Nature (2006) 442, 779-785) and the use of an mTORkinase inhibitor in these diseases should be of therapeutic value. Theselatter examples in addition to those of PTEN deficiency or PI3K mutationindicate where a targeted approach to the use of mTOR inhibitors mayprove particularly effective due to an underlying genetic profile, butare not considered to be exclusive targets.

Recent studies have revealed a role for mTOR kinase in other diseases(Easton & Houghton, Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets (2004) 8,551-564). Rapamycin has been demonstrated to be a potentimmunosuppressant by inhibiting antigen-induced proliferation of Tcells, B cells and antibody production (Sehgal, TransplantationProceedings (2003) 35, 7S-14S) and thus mTOR kinase inhibitors may alsobe useful immunosuppressives. Inhibition of the kinase activity of mTORmay also be useful in the prevention of restenosis, that is the controlof undesired proliferation of normal cells in the vasculature inresponse to the introduction of stents in the treatment of vasculaturedisease (Morice et al., New England Journal of Medicine (2002) 346,1773-1780). Furthermore, the rapamycin analogue, everolimus, can reducethe severity and incidence of cardiac allograft vasculopathy (Eisen etal., New England Journal of Medicine (2003) 349, 847-858). Elevated mTORkinase activity has been associated with cardiac hypertrophy, which isof clinical importance as a major risk factor for heart failure and is aconsequence of increased cellular size of cardiomyocytes (Tee & Blenis,Seminars in Cell and Developmental Biology (2005) 16, 29-37). Thus mTORkinase inhibitors are expected to be of value in the prevention andtreatment of a wide variety of diseases in addition to cancer.

The vast majority of mTOR pharmacology to date has focused on inhibitionof mTOR via rapamycin or its analogues. However, as noted above, theonly non-rapamycin agents that have been reported to inhibit mTOR'sactivity via a kinase domain targeted mechanism are the small moleculeLY294002 and the natural product wortmannin (ref. 21).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present inventors have identified compounds which areATP-competitive inhibitors of mTOR, and hence are non-rapamycin like intheir mechanism of action.

Accordingly, the first aspect of the present invention provides acompound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9),-   where R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic    ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.

According to a second aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula Ia or Ib:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9), where    R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which they    are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5) R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic    ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.

According to a third aspect of the present invention there is provided acompound of formula Ia:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9), where    R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which they    are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic    ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8    ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9), where    R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which they    are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring    atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3    and 8 ring atoms.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula Ia or Ib:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8    ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9), where    R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which they    are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring    atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3    and 8 ring atoms.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula Ia:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is selected from halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2),    NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), an optionally substituted 5-    to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group,-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2) together with the nitrogen to which    they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8    ring atoms;-   R^(C1) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9), where    R^(N8) and R^(N9) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together with the nitrogen to which they    are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring    atoms;-   R^(S2a) is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,    or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are selected from H and a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is selected from H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an    optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to    20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group; R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently selected from H, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted    5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogen to    which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3    and 8 ring atoms.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), (Ia)or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treatment of the humanor animal body.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is providedthe use of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the preparation of amedicament for treating a disease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR.

The compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, have activity as pharmaceuticals, in particularas modulators or inhibitors of mTOR activity, and may be used in thetreatment of proliferative and hyperproliferative diseases/conditions,examples of which include the following cancers:

(1) carcinoma, including that of the bladder, brain, breast, colon,kidney, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, prostate, stomach, cervix, colon,endometrium, thyroid and skin;

(2) hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including acutelymphocytic leukaemia, B-cell lymphoma and Burketts lymphoma;

(3) hematopoietic tumours of myeloid lineage, including acute andchronic myelogenous leukaemias and promyelocytic leukaemia;

(4) tumours of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma andrhabdomyosarcoma; and

(5) other tumours, including melanoma, seminoma, tetratocarcinoma,neuroblastoma and glioma.

Further aspects of the invention provide the use of a compound offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of:cancer, immuno-suppression, immune tolerance, autoimmune disease,inflammation, bone loss, bowel disorders, hepatic fibrosis, hepaticnecrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, restinosis, cardiac allograftvasculopathy, psoriasis, beta-thalassaemia, and ocular conditions suchas dry eye. mTOR inhibitors may also be effective as antifungal agents.

Another further aspect of the invention provides for the use of acompound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for use as an adjunctin cancer therapy or for potentiating tumour cells for treatment withionizing radiation or chemotherapeutic agents.

Thus the compounds of the present invention provide a method fortreating cancer characterised by inhibition of mTOR, i.e. the compoundsmay be used to produce an anti-cancer effect mediated alone or in partby the inhibition of mTOR.

Such a compound of the invention is expected to possess a wide range ofanti-cancer properties as activating mutations in mTOR have beenobserved in many human cancers, including but not limited to, melanoma,papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon, ovarian and lungcancers. Thus it is expected that a compound of the invention willpossess anti-cancer activity against these cancers. It is in additionexpected that a compound of the present invention will possess activityagainst a range of leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies and solid tumourssuch as carcinomas and sarcomas in tissues such as the liver, kidney,bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas. In particular suchcompounds of the invention are expected to slow advantageously thegrowth of primary and recurrent solid tumours of, for example, the skin,colon, thyroid, lungs, endometrium and ovaries. More particularly suchcompounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, are expected to inhibit the growth of those primary andrecurrent solid tumours which are associated with mTOR, especially thosetumours which are significantly dependent on mTOR for their growth andspread, including for example, certain tumours of the skin, colon,thyroid, endometrium, lungs and ovaries. Particularly the compounds ofthe present invention are useful in the treatment of melanomas andgliomas.

Thus according to this aspect of the invention there is provided acompound of the formula I or 1(A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, as defined herein for use as a medicament.

According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the useof a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of amedicament for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in awarm-blooded animal such as man.

According to this aspect of the invention there is provided the use of acompound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of amedicament for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in awarm-blooded animal such as man.

According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided theuse of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in themanufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of melanoma,papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovariancancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas andsarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas,and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid,lungs and ovaries.

According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided theuse of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in themanufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of melanoma,glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer,ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies,carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate,endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solidtumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.

According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the useof a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the production of a mTORinhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.

According to this aspect of the invention there is provided the use of acompound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the production of ananti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.

According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided theuse of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in thetreatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas,colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoidmalignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder,prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumoursof the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.

According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided theuse of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in thetreatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours,cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer,leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver,kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primaryand recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs andovaries.

According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there isprovided a method for producing a mTOR inhibitory effect in awarm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment whichcomprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compoundof formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, as defined herein.

According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there isprovided a method for producing an anti-cancer effect in a warm-bloodedanimal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprisesadministering to said animal an effective amount of a compound offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, as defined herein.

According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there isprovided a method of modulating mTOR activity which comprisesadministering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of acompound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, as defined herein.

According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there isprovided a method of treating cancer which comprises administering to apatient in thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (I),(Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as definedherein.

According to an additional feature of this aspect of the invention thereis provided a method of treating melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours,cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer,leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver,kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary andrecurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries,in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment whichcomprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compoundof formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof as defined herein.

According to an additional feature of this aspect of the invention thereis provided a method of treating melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroidtumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer,leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver,kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primaryand recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs andovaries, in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of suchtreatment which comprises administering to said animal an effectiveamount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof as defined herein.

In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceuticalcomposition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein inassociation with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier foruse in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-bloodedanimal such as man.

In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceuticalcomposition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein inassociation with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier foruse in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animalsuch as man.

In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceuticalcomposition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein inassociation with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier foruse in the treatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours,cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer,leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver,kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary andrecurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovariesin a warm-blooded animal such as man.

In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceuticalcomposition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib),or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein inassociation with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier foruse in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours,cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer,leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver,kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primaryand recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs andovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man.

Other further aspects of the invention provide for the treatment ofdisease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR, comprising administeringto a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount ofa compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, preferably in the form of a pharmaceuticalcomposition and the treatment of cancer, comprising administering to asubject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of acompound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, in combination, preferably in the form of a pharmaceuticalcomposition, simultaneously or sequentially with ionizing radiation orchemotherapeutic agents.

Definitions

The term “aromatic ring” is used herein in the conventional sense torefer to a cyclic aromatic structure, that is, a structure havingdelocalised π-electron orbitals.

Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 ring atoms: Theterm “Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 ringatoms” as used herein refers to a 3 to 8 membered heterocylic ringcontaining at least one nitrogen ring atom. The term “together with thenitrogen to which they are bound, form a heterocyclic ring containingbetween 3 and 8 ring atoms” as used herein refers to a 3 to 8 memberedheterocylic ring containing at least one nitrogen ring atom. Examples ofthese groups include, but are not limited to:

-   -   N₁: aziridine (C₃ ie 3 membered), azetidine (C₄ ie 4 membered),        pyrrolidine (tetahydropyrrole) (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrroline        (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C₅ ie 5 membered),        2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C₅ ie 5        membered), piperidine (C₆ ie 6 membered), dihydropyridine (C₆ ie        6 membered), tetrahydropyridine (C₆ ie 6 membered), azepine (C₇        ie 7 membered);    -   N₂: imidazolidine (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrazolidine (diazolidine)        (C₅ ie 5 membered), imidazoline (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrazoline        (dihydropyrazole) (C₅ ie 5 membered), piperazine (C₆ ie 6        membered);    -   N₁O₁: tetrahydrooxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered), dihydrooxazole (C₅        ie 5 membered), tetrahydroisoxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered),        dihydroisoxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered), morpholine (C₆ ie 6        membered), tetrahydrooxazine (C₆ ie 6 membered), dihydrooxazine        (C₆ ie 6 membered), oxazine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₁S₁: thiazoline (C₅ ie 5 membered), thiazolidine (C₅ ie 5        membered), thiomorpholine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₂O₁: oxadiazine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₁O₁S₁: oxathiazine (C₆ ie 6 membered).

Alkyl: The term “alkyl” as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moietyobtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarboncompound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified),which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated orunsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, theterm “alkyl” includes the sub-classes saturated alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc., discussedbelow. Unless otherwise specified, preferable “alkyl” groups aresaturated alkyl or saturated cycloalkyl groups, more preferablysaturated alkyl groups.

In the context of alkyl groups, the prefixes (e.g. C₁₋₄, C₁₋₇, C₁₋₂₀,C₂₋₇, C₃₋₇, etc.) denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of numberof carbon atoms. For example, the term “C₁₋₄ alkyl”, as used herein,pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples ofgroups of alkyl groups include C₁₋₄ alkyl (“lower alkyl”), C₁₋₇ alkyl,and C₁₋₂₀ alkyl. Note that the first prefix may vary according to otherlimitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefixmust be at least 2; for cyclic alkyl groups, the first prefix must be atleast 3; etc.

The term saturated alkyl group includes saturated linear alkyl andsaturated branched alkyl.

Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are notlimited to, methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), propyl (C₃), butyl (C₄), pentyl(C₅), hexyl (C₆), heptyl (C₇), octyl (C₈), nonyl (C₉), decyl (C₁₀),undecyl (C₁₁), dodecyl (C₁₂), tridecyl (C₁₃), tetradecyl (C₁₄),pentadecyl (C₁₅), and eicodecyl (C₂₀).

Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, butare not limited to, methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), n-butyl(C₄), n-pentyl (amyl) (C₅), n-hexyl (C₆), and n-heptyl (C₇).

Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups includeiso-propyl (C₃), iso-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), tert-butyl (C₄),iso-pentyl (C₅), and neo-pentyl (C₅).

Alkenyl: The term “alkenyl”, as used herein, pertains to an alkyl grouphaving one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of groups ofalkenyl groups include C₂₋₄ alkenyl, C₂₋₇ alkenyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl.

Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but arenot limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, —CH≡CH₂), 1-propenyl (—CH═CH—CH₃),2-propenyl (allyl, —CH—CH═CH₂), isopropenyl (1-methylvinyl,—C(CH₃)═CH₂), butenyl (C₄), pentenyl (C₅), and hexenyl (C₆).

Alkynyl: The term “alkynyl”, as used herein, pertains to an alkyl grouphaving one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of groups ofalkynyl groups include C₂₋₄ alkynyl, C₂₋₇ alkynyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl.

Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but arenot limited to, ethynyl (ethinyl, —C≡CH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl,—CH₂—C≡CH).

Cycloalkyl: The term “cycloalkyl”, as used herein, pertains to an alkylgroup which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moietyobtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of acarbocyclic ring of a carbocyclic compound, which carbocyclic ring maybe saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fullyunsaturated), which moiety has from 3 to 20 carbon atoms (unlessotherwise specified), including from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Thus, the term“cycloalkyl” includes the sub-classes saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyland cycloalkynyl. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms.Examples of groups of cycloalkyl groups include C₃₋₂₀ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₁₅cycloalkyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl.

Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, thosederived from:

-   -   saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C₃),        cyclobutane (C₄), cyclopentane (C₅), cyclohexane (C₆),        cycloheptane (C₇), methylcyclopropane (C₄), dimethylcyclopropane        (C₅), methylcyclobutane (C₅), dimethylcyclobutane (C₆),        methylcyclopentane (C₆), dimethylcyclopentane (C₇),        methylcyclohexane (C₇), dimethylcyclohexane (C₈), menthane        (C₁₀);    -   unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C₃),        cyclobutene (C₄), cyclopentene (C₅), cyclohexene (C₆),        methylcyclopropene (C₄), dimethylcyclopropene (C₅),        methylcyclobutene (C₅), dimethylcyclobutene (C₆),        methylcyclopentene (C₆), dimethylcyclopentene (C₇),        methylcyclohexene (C₇), dimethylcyclohexene (C₈);    -   saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: thujane (C₁₀),        carane (C₁₀), pinane (C₁₀), bornane (C₁₀), norcarane (C₇),        norpinane (C₇), norbornane (C₇), adamantane (C₁₀), decalin        (decahydronaphthalene) (C₁₀);    -   unsaturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: camphene (C₁₀),        limonene (C₁₀), pinene (C₁₀);    -   polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having an aromatic ring: indene        (C₉), indane (e.g., 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (C₉), tetraline        (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene) (C₁₀), acenaphthene (C₁₂),        fluorene (C₁₃), phenalene (C₁₃), acephenanthrene (C₁₅),        aceanthrene (C₁₆), cholanthrene (C₂₀).

Heterocyclyl: The term “heterocyclyl”, as used herein, pertains to amonovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atomof a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms(unless otherwise specified), of which from 1 to 10 are ringheteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of whichfrom 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably the ring heteroatoms areselected from O, N and S. The heterocyclic ring may, unless otherwisespecified, be carbon or nitrogen linked, and wherein a —CH₂— group canoptionally be replaced by a —C(O)—, and a ring sulphur atom may beoptionally oxidised to form the S-oxides.

In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C₃₋₂₀, C₃₋₇, C₅₋₆, etc.) denote thenumber of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbonatoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term “C₅₋₆heterocyclyl” or “5 to6 membered heterocyclyl”, as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclylgroup having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of heterocyclylgroups include C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 20 membered heterocyclyl),C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), C₃₋₁₅heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C₅₋₁₅ heterocyclyl (ie5 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C₃₋₁₂ heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 12 memberedheterocyclyl), C₅₋₁₂ heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 12 membered heterocyclyl),C₃₋₁₀ heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C₅₋₁₀heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C₃₋₇ heterocyclyl (ie 3to 7 membered heterocyclyl), C₅₋₇ heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 7 memberedheterocyclyl), and C₅₋₆ heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 6 membered heterocyclyl).

Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limitedto, those derived from:

-   -   N₁: aziridine (C₃ ie 3 membered), azetidine (C₄ ie 4 membered),        pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrroline        (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C₅ ie 5 membered),        2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C₅ ie 5        membered), piperidine (C₆ ie 6 membered), dihydropyridine (C₆ ie        6 membered), tetrahydropyridine (C₆ ie 6 membered), azepine (C₇        ie 7 membered);    -   O₁: oxirane (C₃ ie 3 membered), oxetane (C₄ ie 4 membered),        oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C₅ ie 5 membered), oxole        (dihydrofuran) (C₅ ie 5 membered), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C₆        ie 6 membered), dihydropyran (C₆ ie 6 membered), pyran (C₆ ie 6        membered), oxepin (C₇ ie 7membered);    -   S₁: thiirane (C₃ ie 3 membered), thietane (C₄ ie 4 membered),        thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C₅ ie 5 membered), thiane        (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C₆ ie 6membered), thiepane (C₇ ie 7        membered);    -   O₂: dioxolane (C₅ ie 5 membered), dioxane (C₆ ie 6 membered),        and dioxepane (C₇ ie 7 membered);    -   O₃: trioxane (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₂: imidazolidine (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrazolidine (diazolidine)        (C₅ ie 5 membered), imidazoline (C₅ ie 5 membered), pyrazoline        (dihydropyrazole) (C₅ ie 5 membered), piperazine (C₆ ie        6membered);    -   N₁O₁: tetrahydrooxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered), dihydrooxazole (C₅        ie 5 membered), tetrahydroisoxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered),        dihydroisoxazole (C₅ ie 5 membered), morpholine (C₆ ie 6        membered), tetrahydrooxazine (C₆ ie 6 membered), dihydrooxazine        (C₆ ie 6 membered), oxazine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₁S₁: thiazoline (C₅ ie 5 membered), thiazolidine (C₅ ie 5        membered), thiomorpholine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   N₂O₁: oxadiazine (C₆ ie 6 membered);    -   O₁S₁: oxathiole (C₅ ie 5 membered) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C₆        ie 6 membered); and,    -   N₁O₁S₁: oxathiazine (C₆ ie 6 membered).

Examples of substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groupsinclude those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example,furanoses (C₅ ie 5 membered), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose,ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C₆ ie 6 membered), such asallopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose,idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.

Spiro-C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl: The term “spiro C₃₋₇ cycloalkylor heterocyclyl” as used herein, refers to a C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl or C₃₋₇heterocyclyl ring (3 to 7 membered) joined to another ring by a singleatom common to both rings.

C₅₋₂₀ aryl: The term “C₅₋₂₀ aryl” as used herein, pertains to amonovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromaticring atom of a C₅₋₂₀ aromatic compound, said compound having one ring,or two or more rings (e.g., fused), and having from 5 to 20 ring atoms,and wherein at least one of said ring(s) is an aromatic ring.Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.

The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in “carboaryl groups” inwhich case the group may conveniently be referred to as a “C₅₋₂₀carboaryl” group.

Examples of C₅₋₂₀ aryl groups which do not have ring heteroatoms (i.e.C₅₋₂₀ carboaryl groups) include, but are not limited to, those derivedfrom benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C₆), naphthalene (C₁₀), anthracene (C₁₄),phenanthrene (C₁₄), and pyrene (C₁₆).

Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms,including but not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, as in“heteroaryl groups”. In this case, the group may conveniently bereferred to as a “C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl” group, wherein “C₅₋₂₀” denotes ringatoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms (or otherwise referred to asa 5 to membered heteroaryl group). Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. Commonly,heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur.

Examples of C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, C₅heteroaryl groups (5 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from furan(oxole), thiophene (thiole), pyrrole (azole), imidazole (1,3-diazole),pyrazole (1,2-diazole), triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole,isothiazole, oxadiazole, tetrazole and oxatriazole; and C₆ heteroarylgroups (6 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from isoxazine, pyridine(azine), pyridazine (1,2-diazine), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine; e.g.,cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) and triazine.

The heteroaryl group may be bonded via a carbon or hetero ring atom.

Examples of C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl groups which comprise fused rings, include,but are not limited to, Cg heteroaryl groups (9 membered heteroarylgroups) derived from benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, indole,isoindole; C₁₀ heteroaryl groups (10 membered heteroaryl groups) derivedfrom quinoline, isoquinoline, benzodiazine, pyridopyridine; C₁₄heteroaryl groups (14 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from acridineand xanthene.

The above alkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl groups, whether alone or part ofanother substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with oneor more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituentslisted below.

Halo: —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I.

Hydroxy: —OH.

Ether: —OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C₁₋₇ alkylgroup (also referred to as a C₁₋₇ alkoxy group), a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclylgroup (also referred to as a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyloxy group), or a C₅₋₂₀aryl group (also referred to as a C₅₋₂₀ aryloxy group), preferably aC₁₋₇ alkyl group.

Nitro: —NO₂.

Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): —CN.

Acyl (keto): —C(═O)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, H,a C₁₋₇ alkyl group (also referred to as C₁₋₇ alkylacyl or C₁₋₇alkanoyl), a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C₃₋₂₀heterocyclylacyl), or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group (also referred to as C₅₋₂₀arylacyl), preferably a C₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of acyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, —C(═O)CH₃ (acetyl), —C(═O)CH₂CH₃(propionyl), —C(═O)C(CH₃)₃ (butyryl), and —C(═O)Ph (benzoyl, phenone).

Carboxy (carboxylic acid): —COOH.

Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): —C(═O)OR,wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, aC₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably a C₁₋₇ alkylgroup. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to,—C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃, —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃, and —C(═O)OPh.

Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): —C(═O)NR¹R²,wherein R¹ and R² are independently amino substituents, as defined foramino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to,—C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHCH₃, —C(═O)N(CH₃)₂, —C(═O)NHCH₂CH₃, and—C(═O)N(CH₂CH₃)₂, as well as amido groups in which R¹ and R², togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclicstructure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl,thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinylcarbonyl.

Amino: —NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² are independently amino substituents,for example, hydrogen, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group (also referred to as C₁₋₇alkylamino or di-C₁₋₇ alkylamino), a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or aC₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably H or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, or, in the case ofa “cyclic” amino group, R¹ and R², taken together with the nitrogen atomto which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8ring atoms. Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to,—NH₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, and —NHPh. Examples ofcyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl,azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, perhydrodiazepinyl,morpholino, and thiomorpholino. The cyclic amino groups may besubstituted on their ring by any of the substituents defined here, forexample carboxy, carboxylate and amido.

Aminosulfonyl —S(═O)₂NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² each independently is anamino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminosulfonygroups include, but are not limited to, —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHCH₃,—S(═O)₂NHCH₂CH₃ and —S(═O)₂N(CH₃)₂.

Acylamido (acylamino): —NR¹C(═O)R², wherein R¹ is an amide substituent,for example, hydrogen, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group,or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably H or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, mostpreferably H, and R² is an acyl substituent, for example, a C₁₋₇ alkylgroup, a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably aC₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are notlimited to, —NHC(═O)CH₃, —NHC(═O)CH₂CH₃, and —NHC(═O)Ph. R¹ and R² maytogether form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl,maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:

Ureido: —N(R¹)CONR²R³ wherein R² and R³ are independently aminosubstituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureidosubstituent, for example, hydrogen, a C₁₋₇alkyl group, aC₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably hydrogen or aC₁₋₇alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limitedto, —NHCONH₂, —NHCONHMe, —NHCONHEt, —NHCONMe₂, —NHCONEt₂, —NMeCONH₂,—NMeCONHMe, —NMeCONHEt, —NMeCONMe₂, —NMeCONEt₂ and —NHC(═O)NHPh.

Acyloxy (reverse ester): —OC(═O)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent,for example, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀aryl group, preferably a C₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of acyloxy groupsinclude, but are not limited to, —OC(═O)CH₃ (acetoxy), —OC(═O)CH₂CH₃,—OC(═O)C(CH₃)₃, —OC(═O)Ph, —OC(═O)C₆H₄F, and —OC(═O)CH₂Ph.

Thiol: —SH.

Thioether (sulfide): —SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, forexample, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group (also referred to as a C₁₋₇ alkylthiogroup), a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, preferably aC₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of C₁₋₇ alkylthio groups include, but are notlimited to, —SCH₃ and —SCH₂CH₃.

Sulfoxide (sulfinyl): —S(═O)R, wherein R is a sulfoxide substituent, forexample, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ arylgroup, preferably a C₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of sulfoxide groupsinclude, but are not limited to, —S(═O)CH₃ and —S(═O)CH₂CH₃.

Sulfonyl (sulfone): —S(═O)₂R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, forexample, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀ arylgroup, preferably a C₁₋₇ alkyl group. Examples of sulfone groupsinclude, but are not limited to, —S(═O)₂CH₃ (methanesulfonyl, mesyl),—S(═O)₂CF₃, —S(═O)₂CH₂CH₃, and 4-methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl).

Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): —C(═S)NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² areindependently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examplesof amido groups include, but are not limited to, —C(═S)NH₂, —C(═S)NHCH₃,—C(═S)N(CH₃)₂, and —C(═S)NHCH₂CH₃.

Sulfonamino: —NR¹S(═O)₂R, wherein R¹ is an amino substituent, as definedfor amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, aC₁₋₇alkyl group, a C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl group, or a C₅₋₂₀aryl group,preferably a C₁₋₇alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include,but are not limited to, —NHS(═O)₂CH₃, —NHS(═O)₂Ph and —N(CH₃)S(═O)₂C₆H₅.

In addition, two or more adjacent substituents may be linked such thattogether with the atoms to which they are attached from a C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl or C₅₋₂₀ aryl ring.

As mentioned above, the groups that form the above listed substituentgroups, e.g. C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl and C₅₋₂₀ aryl, maythemselves be substituted. Thus, the above definitions cover substituentgroups which are substituted.

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X₈ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(═O)R^(C1),    NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group optionally substituted    by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido,    ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and    sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol,    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀ aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently H, a C₁₋₇alkyl group, a    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2)    together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a    heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(C1) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, a C₁₋₇    alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9) where R^(N8) and R^(N9) are    independently selected from H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(S2a) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, or a    C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl    is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are H or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl    group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from    halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino).

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula Ia or Ib:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(═O)R^(C1),    NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), a C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl group optionally substituted    by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido,    ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and    sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol,    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₂₀cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently H, a C₁₋₇alkyl group, a    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2)    together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a    heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(C1) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, a C₁₋₇    alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9) where R^(N8) and R^(N9) are    independently selected from H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(S2a) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, or a    C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl    is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are H or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl    group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from    halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino).

According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provideda compound of formula Ia:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

-   one or two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;-   R⁷ is halo, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(═O)R^(C1),    NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group optionally substituted    by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₄alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido,    ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and    sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol,    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   where R^(O1) and R^(S1) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N1) and R^(N2) are independently H, a C₁₋₇alkyl group, a    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀aryl group or R^(N1) and R^(N2)    together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a    heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(C1) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, a C₁₋₇    alkyl group or NR^(N8)R^(N9) where R^(N8) and R^(N9) are    independently selected from H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N8) and R^(N9) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(S2a) is H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, or a    C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl    is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N7a) and R^(N7b) are H or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group;-   R² is H, halo, OR^(O2), SR^(S2b), NR^(N5)R^(N6), a C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl    group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from    halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl,    C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester,    amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide,    sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted    with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,    carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a    C₅₋₂₀ aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups    selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or    C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino),-   wherein R^(O2) and R^(S2b) are H, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, or a C₁₋₇ alkyl group where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl or C₅₋₂₀aryl is optionally substituted by one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and    thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each    optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,    hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino);-   R^(N5) and R^(N6) are independently H, a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, a C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or R^(N5) and R^(N6) together    with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each C₁₋₇alkyl,    C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, C₅₋₂₀aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally    substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl,    nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl,    C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl,    C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino,    acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl,    thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or    more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy,    thiol, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₂₋₇alkenyl, C₂₋₇alkynyl, C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, C₅₋₂₀heteroaryl,    ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy,    thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino).    Further Preferences

The following preferences can apply to each aspect of the presentinvention, where applicable. The preferences for each group may becombined with those for any or all of the other groups, as appropriate.

-   X⁵, X⁶, and X⁸

When two of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ are N, preferably X⁵ and X⁸ are N.

It is preferred that only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N. More preferably oneof X⁵ and X⁸ is N, and most preferably X⁸ is N.

-   R⁷

R⁷ is preferably selected from an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀arylgroup, OR^(O1), SR^(S1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1) andNR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), where R^(O1), R^(S1), R^(N1), R^(N2), R^(N7a),R^(N7b), R^(C1) and R^(S2a) are as previously defined. It is furtherpreferred that R⁷ is preferably selected from an optionally substitutedC₅₋₂₀ aryl group, OR^(O1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1) andNR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a).

If R⁷ is OR^(O1), then preferably R^(O1) is a C₁₋₇ alkyl group, whichmay be substituted.

If R⁷ is NR^(N1)R^(N2), then preferably R^(N2) is selected from H andC₁₋₄ alkyl (e.g. methyl) and more preferably is H. If R^(N1) is C₁₋₇alkyl, it is preferably selected from C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl. If R^(N1) isC₅₋₂₀ aryl, it is preferably selected from C₅₋₁₀ aryl (e.g. phenyl,pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl,oxadiazolyl) and more preferably C₅₋₆ aryl (e.g. phenyl, pyrrolyl,pyridyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl,tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl). Particularlypreferred groups include furyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl andthiophenyl. The aforementioned groups are optionally substituted, and insome embodiments are preferably substituted. Substituent groups mayinclude, but are not limited to, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl, C₅₋₂₀aryl, carboxy, ester, ether (eg C₁₋₇alkoxy), hydroxy, aryloxy, cyano,halo, nitro, amido, sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, amino sulfonyl and amino.

If R⁷ is NR^(N7a)C(O)R^(C1), then R^(N7a) is preferably H. R^(C1) may bean optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group (e.g. phenyl, imadazolyl,quinoxalinyl), C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl (e.g. propenyl, methyl(substituted with thiophenyl)) or NR^(N8)R^(N9). R^(N8) is preferablyhydrogen, and R^(N9) is preferably C₁₋₇ alkyl (e.g. ethyl).

If R⁷ is NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a), then R^(N7b) is preferably H. R^(S2a) ispreferably C₁₋₇ alkyl (e.g. methyl).

If R⁷ is a C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, it is preferably an optionally substitutedC₅₋₁₀ aryl and more preferably an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ arylgroup. Most preferably it is an optionally substituted phenyl group,wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo,hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆arylamino and C₁₋₇alkylamino andwherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be furtheroptionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl, C₅₋₆arylamino andC₁₋₇alkylamino.

If R⁷ is a 5 to 20 membered heteroaryl group, it is preferably anoptionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl and more preferablyan optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group oran optionally substituted 5 to 20 membered heteroaryl group, wherein theoptional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl,cyano, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, sulfonamino (for example—NHS(═O)₂C₁₋₇alkyl)amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example —CONH₂,—CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl) and wherein thesubstitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionallysubstituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl, —NHS(═O)₂C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₆-arylamino,di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group, whereinthe optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl,cyano, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, sulfonamino (for example—NHS(═O)₂C₁₋₇alkyl)amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example —CONH₂,—CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl) and wherein thesubstitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionallysubstituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl, —NHS(═O)₂C₁₋₇alkyl, C₅₋₆arylamino,di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group, whereinthe optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl,cyano, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example —CONH₂,—CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl) and wherein thesubstitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionallysubstituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl, C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino andC₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group, whereinthe optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl,cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —OCH₂CH₃, —NH₂, —NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂NHSO₂CH₃,—OCHF₂, —CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —CONHCH(CH₃)₂,—CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂, —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂,N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group, whereinthe optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl,cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt,—CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂, —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂,N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group, whereinthe optional substituents are preferably selected from methoxy,—OCH₂CH₃, —NH₂, —NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂NHSO₂CH₃, —OCHF₂, —CH₂OH, —CONH₂, —CONHMeand —CONHCH(CH₃)₂.

In one embodiment R⁷ is an optionally substituted 5 or 6 memberednitrogen containing heteroaryl group such as a pyridine group, whereinthe optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C₁₋₇alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example—CO₂NH₂, —CO₂NHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CO₂N(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl) andwherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be furtheroptionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl, C₅₋₆arylamino,di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted halo,hydroxyl, cyano, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂,C₅₋₆arylamino, C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (forexample —CO₂NH₂, —CO₂NHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CO₂N(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and—CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or arylgroups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groupsselected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted withNH₂.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group selectedfrom

wherein

-   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);-   R^(O3) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C₁₋₆    alkyl group;-   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), C(S)R^(C3),    SO₂R^(S3), an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or an optionally    substituted C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group where R^(C2) and R^(C3) are selected    from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇    alkyl group or NR^(N11)R^(N12), where R^(N11) and R^(N12) are    independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl    group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N11) and R^(N12)    together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a    heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and R^(S3)    is selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, or an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group;-   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted    C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group; or-   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they are    bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing    between 3 and 8 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl group selectedfrom

wherein

-   R^(O3) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted    C₁₋₆alkyl group; and-   R^(N10) is selected from C(O)R^(C2), C(S)R^(C3), SO₂R^(S3), an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀    alkyl group-   where R^(C2) and R^(C3) are selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or    NR^(N11)R^(N12), where R^(N11) and R^(N12) are independently    selected from H, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an    optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N11) and R^(N12) together with    the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring    containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and R^(S3) is selected from    H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted    C₁₋₇ alkyl group.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is

wherein

-   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);-   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an optionally    substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group where    R^(C2) are selected from H, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl    group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an    optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or NR^(N11)R^(N12), where    R^(N11) and R^(N12) are independently selected from H, an optionally    substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀    heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or    R^(N11) and R^(N12) together with the nitrogen to which they are    bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring    atoms;-   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted    C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group; or-   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they are    bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing    between 3 and 8 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is

wherein

-   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);-   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an optionally    substituted C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C₆ aryl    group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group where R^(C2)    are selected from CH₃ or CH₂OH;-   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted    C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group; or-   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they are    bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing    between 3 and 8 ring atoms;-   and where the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo,    hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and di-C₁₋₇alkylamino.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is

wherein

-   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);-   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,    —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,    —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂, cyclopropyl,    cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, —CH₂cyclopropyl,    methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl,    —CH₂imidazole;-   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or-   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they are    bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing    between 5 or 6 ring atoms;-   and where the optional substituents are selected from halo,    hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy.

In a further embodiment of the invention R⁷ is selected from

-   R²

In one embodiment R² is OR^(O2) where R^(O2) is an optionallysubstituted C₁₋₇alkyl group.

In one embodiment R² is OR^(O2) where R^(O2) is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃,—CH₂CH₂OH. —CH₂CH₂OCH₃, or —CH(CH₃)CH₂N(CH₃)₂.

Preferably R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6), where R^(N5) and R^(N6) are aspreviously defined, and more preferably R^(N5) and R^(N6) together withthe nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containingbetween 3 and 8 ring atoms, which may optionally be substituted. Thering preferably has from 5 to 7 ring atoms. Preferred optionallysubstituted groups include, but are not limited, to imidazolyl,morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl(preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted)and pyrrolidinyl.

Preferred N-substituents for the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groupsinclude esters, in particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as anester substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃.

Preferred N-substituents for the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groupsinclude C₁₋₇-alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing aC₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃.

Preferred C-substituents for the groups include C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferablymethyl. The groups may bear one or more substituents, for example one ortwo substituents.

Preferred C-substituents for the groups include phenyl, ester, amide andC₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl orhydroxyethyl. The groups may bear one or more substituents, for exampleone or two substituents.

In one embodiment R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) togetherwith the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ringcontaining 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted,wherein the optional substituents are selected from amino, cyano, halo,hydroxyl, ester, a C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl ring, a C₆carboaryl ring, aheterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyland C₁₋₇ saturated alkoxy (wherein the heterocyclic ring, the cycloalkylring, the carboaryl ring, the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may beoptionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl)

In one embodiment R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) togetherwith the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ringcontaining between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally besubstituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano,halo, hydroxyl, and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇ saturated alkoxy(wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionallysubstituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl)

In one embodiment R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6), where R^(N5) is an optionallysubstituted C₁₋₇alkyl group or an optionally substituted phenyl group,and R^(N6) is hydrogen.

In one embodiment R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6), where R^(N5) is —CH(CH₃)CH₂OCH₃,cyclopentyl or a phenyl group, and R^(N6) is hydrogen.

Preferred R² groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl andhomopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino andpiperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkylsubstituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferablythese are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If thesegroups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separatecarbon atoms. The alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted.Examples of optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents includehalo, hydroxy, ether or amino. Particularly preferred groups includemethylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methylpiperidinyl groups, for example:

More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These arepreferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for examplemethyl or ethyl substituents. More preferably these are substituted withone or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methylsubstituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms.Particularly preferred groups include methylmorpholino groups,dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:

Preferred R² groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl andhomopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino andpiperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkylsubstituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferablythese are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If thesegroups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separatecarbon atoms. The alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted.Examples of optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents includehalo, hydroxy, ether or amino. Particularly preferred groups includemethylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methylpiperidinyl groups, for example:

Further preferred R² groups are optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl,morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl wherein the optionalsubstituents are selected from hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino(for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino, C₁₋₇alkylamino, anddi-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), amido (for example —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl,—CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂), ester (for example —CO₂C₁₋₇alkyl), C₆aryl and 3 to 7membered heterocyclyl group and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy,aryl or heterocyclyl groups may be further optionally substituted by oneor more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy,—NH₂, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino. More preferred groups aremorpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl which may be optionallysubstituted by one or more groups selected from hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl,—CO₂Me, —CO₂Et, —CH₂OH, —CH₂Ome, —CH₂NMe₂, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONMe₂,phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholino and piperadinyl.

In a further embodiment of the invention R² is selected from

In a further embodiment of the invention R² is selected from

In a further embodiment of the invention R² is selected from

In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset ofcompounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is selected from an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,        an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,        OR^(O1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(═O)R^(C1) and        NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a); and    -   R² is selected from OR^(O2), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, and an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is selected from OR^(O2), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted        C₆ aryl group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be        substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from        cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇        saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups        may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset ofcompounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is selected from an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group,        an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group,        OR^(O1), NR^(N1)R^(N2), NR^(N7a)C(═O)R^(C1) and        NR^(N7b)SO₂R^(S2a); and    -   R² is selected from OR^(O2), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, and an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is selected from OR^(O2), NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted        C₆ aryl group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be        substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from        cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇        saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups        may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₅₋₆ aryl group or an optionally        substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano,        C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇alkoxy, amino (for example —NH₂, C₅₋₆arylamino,        C₁₋₇alkylamino, and di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino), and amido (for example        —CONH₂, —CONHC₁₋₇alkyl, —CON(C₁₋₇alkyl)₂ and —CONHheterocycyl)        and wherein the substitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may        be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₅₋₆aryl,        C₅₋₆arylamino, di-(C₁₋₇alkyl)amino and C₁₋₇alkylamino; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6)where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —OCH₂CH₃, —NH₂,        —NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂NHSO₂CH₃, —OCHF₂, —CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe,        —CONHEt, —CONHCH(CH₃)₂, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring        containing 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be        substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from        amino, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, ester, a C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl ring, a        C₆carboaryl ring, a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring        atoms and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇ saturated alkoxy        (wherein the heterocyclic ring, the cycloalkyl ring, the        carboaryl ring, the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be        optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo,        hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH; X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —OCH₂CH₃, —NH₂,        —NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂NHSO₂CH₃, —OCHF₂, —CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe,        —CONHEt, —CONHCH(CH₃)₂, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        —NH₂, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —CH₂OH,        —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        —NH₂, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —CH₂OH,        —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —OCH₂CH₃, —NH₂,        —NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂NHSO₂CH₃, —OCHF₂, —CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe,        —CONHEt, —CONHCH(CH₃)₂, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is a group selected from

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        —NH₂, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —CH₂OH,        —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is a group selected from

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group,        wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from        —NH₂, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, —CH₂OH,        —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —CONHCH₂CH₂F, —CONHCH₂CHF₂,        —CONHCH₂CH₂OH, —CONMeEt, —CONMe₂, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl        and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and    -   R² is a group selected from

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl,        3-hydroxymethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl,        4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl        group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl,        3-hydroxymethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl,        4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl        group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl,        3-hydroxymethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl,        4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl        group; and    -   R² is NR^(R5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   R⁷ is a

group; and

R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the nitrogento which they are bound form a

group.

In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset ofcompounds of formula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof,

wherein:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group        where R^(C2) are selected from H, an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl        group, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or        NR^(N11)R^(N12), where R^(N11) land R^(N12) are independently        selected from H, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an        optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N11) and R^(N12) together        with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic        ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;    -   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted        C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;    -   R^(O3) is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl group; and    -   R² is selected from NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl        group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an        optionally substituted C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, an optionally        substituted C₆ aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀        alkyl group where R^(C2) are selected from CH₃ or CH₂OH where        the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo,        hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and di-C₁₋₇alkylamino;    -   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted        C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group where the optional substituents are selected        from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and        di-C₁₋₇alkylamino; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl,        C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and di-C₁₋₇alkylamino;    -   R^(O3) is an unsubstituted C₁₋₃ alkyl group; and    -   R² is selected from NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally substituted        C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C₆ aryl        group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be        substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from        cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇        saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups        may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl,        piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl        preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl,        and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇ saturated alkoxy (wherein the        saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted        by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy,        amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is a R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃,        —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe,        —CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,        cycloheptyl, —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl,        pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is a group selected from

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(R5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II) or (IIa), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inwhich:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset ofcompounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) wherein the compound is acompound of formula (II), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof,

wherein:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3);    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group        where R^(C2) are selected from H, an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl        group, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group or        NR^(N11)R^(N12), where R^(N11) and R^(N12) are independently        selected from H, an optionally substituted C₁₋₇ alkyl group, an        optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ heterocyclyl group, an optionally        substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl group or R^(N11) and R^(N12) together        with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic        ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;    -   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted        C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;    -   R^(O3) is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkyl group; and    -   R² is selected from NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally substituted        C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl        group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R^(C2), an        optionally substituted C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, an optionally        substituted C₆ aryl group, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₁₀        alkyl group where R^(C2) are selected from CH₃ or CH₂OH where        the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo,        hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and di-C₁₋₇alkylamino;    -   R^(N10a) is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted        C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group where the optional substituents are selected        from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and        di-C₁₋₇alkylamino; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(10a) together with the nitrogen to which they are        bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl,        C₁₋₇alkyloxy, C₁₋₇alkylamino and di-C₁₋₇alkylamino;    -   R^(O3) is an unsubstituted C₁₋₃ alkyl group; and    -   R² is selected from NR^(N5)R^(N6), an optionally substituted        C₅₋₆ heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C₆ aryl        group.

In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(R5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be        substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from        cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇        saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups        may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected        from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   only one of X⁵, X⁶ and X⁸ is N, and the others are CH;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl,        homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted),        homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl,        wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and        homopiperazinyl groups include C₁₋₇alkyl groups or esters, in        particular, esters bearing a C₁₋₁₇ alkyl group as an ester        substituent, e.g. —C(═O)OCH₃, —C(═O)OCH₂CH₃ and —C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃,        and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino,        thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl,        homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester,        amide and C₁₋₄ alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl,        hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(R5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted        morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl,        piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl        (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl group, wherein the        optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl,        and C₁₋₇ saturated alkyl and C₁₋₇ saturated alkoxy (wherein the        saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted        by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy,        amino and C₅₋₆ aryl).

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is a R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃,        —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe,        —CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,        cycloheptyl, —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl,        pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is a group selected from

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds offormula (II), (IIa) or (IIb), and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, in which:

-   -   X⁵ and X⁶ are each CH;    -   X⁸ is N;    -   Z is H, F or OR^(O3)    -   R^(N10) is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)CH₃, —C(O)CH₂OH, —CH₃,        —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂OMe, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂,        —CH₂CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)CH₂C(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂,        cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,        —CH₂cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl,        hydroxypyrrolidinyl, —CH₂imidazole;    -   R^(N10a) is hydrogen; or    -   R^(N10) and R^(N10a) together with the nitrogen to which they        are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring        containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional        substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₇alkyloxy;    -   R^(O3) is a methyl group; and    -   R² is NR^(N5)R^(N6) where R^(N5) and R^(N6) together with the        nitrogen to which they are bound form a

-   -    group.

In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or apharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from any one of the Examples.

In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or apharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples 1bu, 1ce, 12b, 18de,18dg, 18j, 1ar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 19l, 19m, 19n, 19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa,18ag, 18ai, 18al, 1v, 18az, 1ah, 7e, 7i, 7j, 5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t,5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv, 18by, 18cb, 18cv, 1aw, 3u,1bf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, 1au, 5r, 4t, 18dj, 1cl, 2d, 2e, 1es,2h, 2j, 1ew, 1bo, 1bp, 1j, 1bx, 1by, 1cf, 1ci, 1cj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d,18dh, 18di, 6a, 1n, 1p, 1q, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, 1bd, 18w,18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, 1ab,4p, 9a, 1av, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt,18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, 1am, 1ao, 18cn, 18cx, 1bk, 13b,4g, Ss, 4q, 18dd, 1ep, 1cq, 2f, 2g, 13g, 1cv, let, 1b, 1a, 1e, 1d, 1bl,1bm, 1f, 1i, 1g, 1h, 1br, 1bs, 1bv, 1e, 1bz, 1cc, 1k, 1cg, 1l, 4al, 4am,4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be,4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, 1as, 1s, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18l, 18k, 19j, 18m,18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak,18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi,18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, 1bg, 8b, 4h, 1ba, 8a, 1aa, 1ac, 1ae, 1af, lag,14b, 1bc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, 1bb, 1at, 7b, 7c,7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc,18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, 1ak, 1al, lap, 1be,18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 3l, 1u, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, m/z, 4r,4s, 1cn, 1co, 3ad, 1cr, 1cw, 1cy, 1dv, 15c, 1cl, 1cm, 1cn, 1cq, 1cv,1cx, 1di, 1dj, 1eb, 1cj, 1ck, 1et, 1cu, 1cz, 1db, 1dc, 1dd, 1de, 1dg,1dh, 1dk, 1dl, 1dm, 1dn, 1do, 1dp, 1dq, 1dt, 1du, 1dw, 1dy, 1dz, 1ea,1ec, 1ed, 1ee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.

-   -   In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a        compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from        Examples 1bo, 1bp, 1j, 1bx, 1by, 1cf, 1ci, 1cj, 4an, 4ap, 4av,        12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, 1n, 1p, 1q, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k,        18p, 1bd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb,        18bc, 18bf, 18bl, 1ab, 4p, 9a, 1av, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa,        4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci,        18bx, 5n, 1am, 1ao, 18cn, 18cx, 1bk, 13b, 4g, Ss, 4q, 18dd, 1cp,        1cq, 2f, 2g, 13g, 1cv, let, 1b, 1a, 1e, 1d, 1bl, 1bm, 1f, 1i,        1g, 1h, 1br, 1bs, 1bv, 1e, 1bz, 1cc, 1k, 1cg, 1l, 4al, 4am, 4ao,        4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be,        4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, 1as, 1s, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j,        18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae,        18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba,        18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, 1bg, 8b, 4h,        1ba, 8a, 1aa, 1ac, 1ae, 1af, 1ag, 14b, 1bc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 4l, 4m,        4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, 1bb, 1at, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a,        4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch,        18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, 1ak, 1al, 1ap, 1be,        18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 3l, 1u, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d,        m/z, 4r, 4s, 1cn, 1co, 3ad, 1cl, 1cm, 1cn, 1cq, 1cv, 1cx, 1di,        1dj, 1eb, 1cj, 1ck, 1ct, 1cu, 1cz, 1db, 1dc, 1dd, 1de, 1dg, 1dh,        1dk, 1dl, 1dm, 1dn, 1do, 1dp, 1dq, 1dt, 1du, 1dw, 1dy, 1dz, 1ea,        1ec, 1ed, 1ee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.

In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or apharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples 1b, 1a, 1c, 1d, 1bl,1bm, 1f, 1i, 1g, 1h, 1br, 1bs, 1bv, 1e, 1bz, 1cc, 1k, 1cg, 1l, 4al, 4am,4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be,4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, 1as, 1s, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m,18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak,18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi,18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, 1bg, 8b, 4h, 1ba, 8a, 1aa, 1ac, 1ae, 1af, 1ag,14b, 1bc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, 1bb, 1at, 7b, 7c,7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc,18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, 1ak, 1al, 1ap, 1be,18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 3l, 1u, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, m/z, 4r,4s, 1cn, 1co, 3ad, 1cj, 1ck, 1ct, 1cu, 1cz, 1db, 1dc, 1dd, 1de, 1dg,1dh, 1dk, 1dl, 1dm, 1dn, 1do, 1dp, 1dq, 1dt, 1du, 1dw, 1dy, 1dz, 1ea,1ec, 1ed, 1ee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.

In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or apharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples 1a, 1u, 1al, 1ap,1at, m/z, 1co, 1de, 1dg, 1dh, 1dk, 1dl, 1dp, 1dq, 1dr, 1ds, 1dt, 1du,1dy, 1ec, 1ee, 12d, 14b, 18dn and 18do.

Includes Other Forms

Included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, andprotected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference tocarboxylic acid (—COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form(—COO⁻), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protectedforms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonatedform (—N⁺HR¹R²), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, ahydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an aminogroup. Similarly, a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes theanionic form (—O⁻), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventionalprotected forms of a hydroxyl group.

Isomers, Salts, Solvates, Protected Forms, and Prodrugs

Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric,optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, stereoisomeric,tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limitedto, cis- and transforms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r-forms; endo- andexo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+)and (−) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms;synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorialforms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; andcombinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as “isomers”(or “isomeric forms”).

If the compound is in crystalline form, it may exist in a number ofdifferent polymorphic forms. For example, for Example 1a was isolated asForm A: 2-Theta° 6.9 (46%), 8.53 (100%), 10.1 (21%), 10.86 (24%), 11.65(11%), 13.31 (14%), 13.75 (7%), 14.37 (54%), 15.21 (5%), 16.19 (13%),16.81 (39%), 17.19 (40%), 17.97 (21%), 18.41 (65%), 18.78 (80%), 20.66(8%), 21.07 (89%), 22.05 (19%), 22.36 (42%), 24 (7%), 24.36 (33%), 25.25(31%), 25.54 (16%), 26.92 (18%), 27.26 (8%), 28.03 (8%), 28.39 (21%), 29(8%), 29.91 (13%), 30.62 (23%), 31.48 (9%), 32.72 (5%), 33.27 (11%),34.88 (4%), 35.48 (5%), 36.16 (4%), 36.88 (4%), 37.37 (4%), 37.91 (6%),38.65 (4%) and 39.83 (4%). A less stable form, Form B, has also beenisolated from water/THF: 2-Theta° 3.67 (7%), 7.28 (7%), 8.52 (7%), 9.22(30%), 11.42 (78%), 12.69 (24%), 13 (15%), 13.41 (44%), 13.6 (26%),14.51 (19%), 15.56 (13%), 16.25 (9%), 17.11 (13%), 17.55 (18%), 18.24(64%), 18.59 (56%), 19.51 (33%), 19.85 (26%), 20.32 (13%), 21.49 (17%),21.79 (13%), 22.23 (18%), 22.84 (26%), 23.72 (23%), 25.46 (74%), 26.1(100%), 26.72 (43%), 27.94 (16%), 28.35 (8%), 34.74 (10%), 35.34 (6%),36.72 (9%) and 38.55 (4%).

Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specificallyexcluded from the term “isomers”, as used herein, are structural (orconstitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connectionsbetween atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). Forexample, a reference to a methoxy group, —OCH₃, is not to be construedas a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, —CH₂OH.Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as areference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, areference to a class of structures may well include structurallyisomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C₁₋₇alkyl includesn-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl;methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).

The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example,keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the followingtautomeric pairs: keto/enol, imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol,amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol,N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.

Note that specifically included in the term “isomer” are compounds withone or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in anyisotopic form, including ¹H, ²H (D), and ³H (T); C may be in anyisotopic form, including ¹²C, ¹³C, and ¹⁴C; O may be in any isotopicform, including ¹⁶O and ¹⁸O; and the like.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compoundincludes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially)racemic and other mixtures thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g.asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisationand chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known inthe art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein,or known methods, in a known manner.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound alsoincludes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, forexample, as discussed below, as well as its different polymorphic forms.

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle acorresponding salt of the active compound, for example, apharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts are discussed in ref. 25.

For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group whichmay be anionic (e.g., —COOH may be —COO⁻), then a salt may be formedwith a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include,but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na⁺ and K⁺, alkalineearth cations such as Ca²⁺ and Mg²⁺, and other cations such as Al³⁺.Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to,ammonium ion (i.e., NH₄ ⁺) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH₃R⁺,NH₂R₂ ⁺, NHR₃ ⁺, NR₄ ⁺). Examples of some suitable substituted ammoniumions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine,dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine,ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine,phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well asamino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a commonquaternary ammonium ion is N(CH₃)₄ ⁺.

If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may becationic (e.g., —NH₂ may be —NH₃ ⁺), then a salt may be formed with asuitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but arenot limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids:hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric,nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous. Examples of suitable organicanions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the followingorganic acids: acetic, propionic, succinic, gycolic, stearic, palmitic,lactic, malic, pamoic, tartaric, citric, gluconic, ascorbic, maleic,hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, aspartic, benzoic, cinnamic,pyruvic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetyoxybenzoic, fumaric,toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic,oxalic, isethionic, valeric, and gluconic. Examples of suitablepolymeric anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from thefollowing polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle acorresponding solvate of the active compound. The term “solvate” is usedherein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g.active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent iswater, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, forexample, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle theactive compound in a chemically protected form. The term “chemicallyprotected form,” as used herein, pertains to a compound in which one ormore reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemicalreactions, that is, are in the form of a protected or protecting group(also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blockinggroup). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involvingother unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, withoutaffecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed,usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting theremainder of the molecule. See, for example, ref. 26.

For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (—OR) or anester (—OC(═O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl(diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl)ether; a trimethylsilyl ort-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (—OC(═O)CH₃, —OAc).

For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetalor ketal, respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C═O) is convertedto a diether (>C(OR)₂), by reaction with, for example, a primaryalcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated byhydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.

For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amideor a urethane, for example, as: a methyl amide (—NHCO—CH₃); a benzyloxyamide (—NHCO—OCH₂C₆H₅, —NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH₃)₃,—NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH₃)₂C₆H₄C₆H₅,—NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (—NH-Fmoc), as a6-nitroveratryloxy amide (—NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide(—NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (—NH-Troc), as anallyloxy amide (—NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulphonyl)ethyloxy amide(—NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases, as an N-oxide (>NO•).

For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester forexample, as: an C₁₋₇ alkyl ester (e.g. a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester);a C₁₋₇ haloalkyl ester (e.g. a C₁₋₇ trihaloalkyl ester); a triC₁₋₇alkylsilyl-C₁₋₇ alkyl ester; or a C₅₋₂₀ aryl-C₁₋₇ alkyl ester (e.g. abenzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as amethyl amide.

For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (—SR), forexample, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether(—S—CH₂NHC(═O)CH₃).

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle theactive compound in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug”, as usedherein, pertains to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g. in vivo),yields the desired active compound. Typically, the prodrug is inactive,or less active than the active compound, but may provide advantageoushandling, administration, or metabolic properties.

For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g. aphysiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). Duringmetabolism, the ester group (—C(═O)OR) is cleaved to yield the activedrug. Such esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of anyof the carboxylic acid groups (—C(═O)OH) in the parent compound, with,where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups presentin the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required. Examplesof such metabolically labile esters include those wherein R is C₁₋₂₀alkyl (e.g. -Me, -Et); C₁₋₇ aminoalkyl (e.g. aminoethyl;2-(N,N-diethylamino)ethyl; 2-(4-morpholino)ethyl); and acyloxy-C₁₋₇alkyl (e.g. acyloxymethyl; acyloxyethyl; e.g. pivaloyloxymethyl;acetoxymethyl; 1-acetoxyethyl;1-(1-methoxy-1-methyl)ethyl-carbonxyloxyethyl; 1-(benzoyloxy)ethyl;isopropoxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1-isopropoxy-carbonyloxyethyl;cyclohexyl-carbonyloxymethyl; 1-cyclohexyl-carbonyloxyethyl;cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1-cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxyethyl;(4-tetrahydropyranyloxy)carbonyloxymethyl;1-(4-tetrahydropyranyloxy)carbonyloxyethyl;(4-tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxymethyl; and1-(4-tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxyethyl).

Further suitable prodrug forms include phosphonate and glycolate salts.In particular, hydroxy groups (—OH), can be made into phosphonateprodrugs by reaction with chlorodibenzylphosphite, followed byhydrogenation, to form a phosphonate group —O—P(═O)(OH)₂. Such a groupcan be cleared by phosphotase enzymes during metabolism to yield theactive drug with the hydroxy group.

Also, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the activecompound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yieldsthe active compound. For example, the prodrug may be a sugar derivativeor other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.

Acronyms

For convenience, many chemical moieties are represented using well knownabbreviations, including but not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et),n-propyl (nPr), iso-propyl (iPr), n-butyl (nBu), tert-butyl (tBu),n-hexyl (nHex), cyclohexyl (cHex), phenyl (Ph), biphenyl (biPh), benzyl(Bn), naphthyl (naph), methoxy (MeO), ethoxy (EtO), benzoyl (Bz), andacetyl (Ac).

For convenience, many chemical compounds are represented using wellknown abbreviations, including but not limited to, methanol (MeOH),ethanol (EtOH), iso-propanol (i-PrOH), methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), etheror diethyl ether (Et₂O), acetic acid (AcOH), dichloromethane (methylenechloride, DCM), trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), dimethylformamide (DMF),tetrahydrofuran (THF), and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).

General Synthesis

Compounds of formula I can be represented by Formula 1:

wherein R⁴ represents

Compounds of Formula 1 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 2:

When R⁷ is NR^(N1)R^(N2), this is by reaction with R⁷H. When R⁷ is anamide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammoniafollowed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriateacid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R⁷ is OR^(O1) orSR^(S1), this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriatealcohol or thiol solvent. When R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl group or C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, this is by reaction withR⁷B(OAlk)₂, where each Alk is independently C₁₋₇ alkyl or together withthe oxygen to which they are attached form a C₅₋₇ heterocyclyl group.

Compounds of Formula 2 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3:

by reaction with HR⁴ (eg.

followed by reaction with HR².

Compounds of Formula 3 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 4:

by treatment with POCl₃ and N,N-diisopropylamine, for example.

Compounds of Formula 4 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 5:

by treatment with oxalyl chloride, for example.

Compounds of Formula 5 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 6,for example by reaction with liquid ammonia followed by reaction withthionyl chloride and ammonia gas:

Alternatively compounds of Formula 1 can be synthesised from compoundsof Formula 7:

by reaction with HR².

Compounds of Formula 7 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 8:

When R⁷ is NR^(N1)R^(N2), this is by reaction with R⁷H. When R⁷ is anamide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammoniafollowed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriateacid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R⁷ is OR^(O1) orSR^(S1), this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriatealcohol or thiol solvent. When R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃₋₂₀heterocyclyl group or C₅₋₂₀ aryl group, this is by reaction withR⁷B(OAlk)₂, where each Alk is independently C₁₋₇ alkyl or together withthe oxygen to which they are attached form a C₅₋₇ heterocyclyl group.

Compounds of Formula 8 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3:

by reaction with HR⁴ (eg.

When R⁷ is

the Compound of Formula 1 can be prepared by reaction a compound ofFormula Ia:

wherein R⁴represents

-   R⁷ is

-    wherein Lv is a leaving group, such as a halogen, for example    chlorine, or a OSO₂ group, where R is alkyl or aryl, such as methyl,    by reaction with R^(N10)NH₂.    Compounds of Formula 1a can be synthesised by reaction of a compound    of Formula Ib

wherein R⁴ represents

-   R⁷ is

-    with an alkyl or aryl sulphonyl chloride in the presence of a base.

For Example:

Compounds of Formula Ib can be prepared by reaction with R⁷B(OAlk)₂,where each Alk is independently C₁₋₇ alkyl or together with the oxygento which they are attached form a C₅₋₇ heterocyclyl group.

Use

The present invention provides active compounds, specifically, active ininhibiting the activity of mTOR.

The term “active” as used herein, pertains to compounds which arecapable of inhibiting mTOR activity, and specifically includes bothcompounds with intrinsic activity (drugs) as well as prodrugs of suchcompounds, which prodrugs may themselves exhibit little or no intrinsicactivity.

One assay which may conveniently be used in order to assess the mTORinhibition offered by a particular compound is described in the examplesbelow.

The present invention further provides a method of inhibiting theactivity of mTOR in a cell, comprising contacting said cell with aneffective amount of an active compound, preferably in the form of apharmaceutically acceptable composition. Such a method may be practisedin vitro or in vivo.

For example, a sample of cells may be grown in vitro and an activecompound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of thecompound on those cells observed. As examples of “effect”, theinhibition of cellular growth in a certain time or the accumulation ofcells in the G1 phase of the cell cycle over a certain time may bedetermined. Where the active compound is found to exert an influence onthe cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of theefficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cellsof the same cellular type.

The term “treatment”, as used herein in the context of treating acondition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of ahuman or an animal (e.g. in veterinary applications), in which somedesired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition ofthe progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate ofprogress, a halt in the rate of progress, amelioration of the condition,and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e.prophylaxis) is also included.

The term “adjunct” as used herein relates to the use of active compoundsin conjunction with known therapeutic means. Such means includecytotoxic regimes of drugs and/or ionising radiation as used in thetreatment of different cancer types. Examples of adjunct anti-canceragents that could be combined with compounds from the invention include,but are not limited to, the following: alkylating agents: nitrogenmustards, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan,chlorambucil: Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU),semustine (methyl-CCNU), ethylenimine/methylmelamine,thriethylenemelamine (TEM), triethylene thiophosphoramide (thiotepa),hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine): Alkyl sulfonates; busulfan;Triazines, dacarbazine (DTIC): Antimetabolites; folic acid analogs,methotrexate, trimetrexate, pyrimidine analogs, 5-fluorouracil,fluorodeoxyuridine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside (AraC,cytarabine), 5-azacytidine, 2,2′-difluorodeoxycytidine: Purine analogs;6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, azathioprine, 2′-deoxycoformycin(pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine (EHNA), fludarabine phosphate,2-Chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine, 2-CdA): Topoisomerase I inhibitors;camptothecin, topotecan, irinotecan, rubitecan: Natural products;antimitotic drugs, paclitaxel, vinca alkaloids, vinblastine (VLB),vincristine, vinorelbine, Taxotere™ (docetaxel), estramustine,estramustine phosphate; epipodophylotoxins, etoposide, teniposide:Antibiotics; actimomycin D, daunomycin (rubidomycin), doxorubicin(adriamycin), mitoxantrone, idarubicin, bleomycins, plicamycin(mithramycin), mitomycin C, dactinomycin: Enzymes; L-asparaginase, RNAseA: Biological response modifiers; interferon-alpha, IL-2, G-CSF, GM-CSF:Differentiation Agents; retinoic acid derivatives: Radiosensitizers;,metronidazole, misonidazole, desmethylmisonidazole, pimonidazole,etanidazole, nimorazole, RSU 1069, EO9, RB 6145, SR4233, nicotinamide,5-bromodeozyuridine, 5-iododeoxyuridine, bromodeoxycytidine: Platiniumcoordination complexes; cisplatin, carboplatin: Anthracenedione;mitoxantrone, AQ4N Substituted urea, hydroxyurea; Methylhydrazinederivatives, N-methylhydrazine (MIH), procarbazine; Adrenocorticalsuppressant, mitotane (o.p′-DDD), aminoglutethimide: Cytokines;interferon (α, β, γ), interleukin; Hormones and antagonists;adrenocorticosteroids/antagonists, prednisone and equivalents,dexamethasone, aminoglutethimide; Progestins, hydroxyprogesteronecaproate, medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate; Estrogens,diethylstilbestrol, ethynyl estradiol/equivalents; Antiestrogen,tamoxifen; Androgens, testosterone propionate,fluoxymesterone/equivalents; Antiandrogens, flutamide,gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs, leuprolide; Nonsteroidalantiandrogens, flutamide; EGFR inhibitors, VEGF inhibitors; Proteasomeinhibitors.

Active compounds may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibitmTOR, for example, in order to sensitize cells to known chemotherapeuticagents or ionising radiation treatments in vitro.

Active compounds may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, forexample, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely tobenefit from treatment with the compound in question.

Cancer

The present invention provides active compounds which are anticanceragents or adjuncts for treating cancer. One of ordinary skill in the artis readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound treatsa cancerous condition for any particular cell type, either alone or incombination.

Examples of cancers include, but are not limited to, lung cancer, smallcell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer,breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer,liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, braincancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma and leukemias.

Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung,gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary),ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas,brain, and skin.

The anti cancer treatment defined hereinbefore may be applied as a soletherapy or may involve, in addition to the compound of the invention,conventional surgery or radiotherapy or chemotherapy. Such chemotherapymay include one or more of the following categories of anti-tumouragents:—

(i) other antiproliferative/antineoplastic drugs and combinationsthereof, as used in medical oncology, such as alkylating agents (forexample cis platin, oxaliplatin, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogenmustard, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, temozolamide andnitrosoureas); antimetabolites (for example gemcitabine and antifolatessuch as fluoropyrimidines like 5 fluorouracil and tegafur, raltitrexed,methotrexate, cytosine arabinoside, and hydroxyurea); antitumourantibiotics (for example anthracyclines like adriamycin, bleomycin,doxorubicin, daunomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin-C,dactinomycin and mithramycin); antimitotic agents (for example vincaalkaloids like vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and vinorelbine andtaxoids like taxol and taxotere and polokinase inhibitors); andtopoisomerase inhibitors (for example epipodophyllotoxins like etoposideand teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan and camptothecin);

(ii) cytostatic agents such as antioestrogens (for example tamoxifen,fulvestrant, toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene and iodoxyfene),antiandrogens (for example bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide andcyproterone acetate), LHRH antagonists or LHRH agonists (for examplegoserelin, leuprorelin and buserelin), progestogens (for examplemegestrol acetate), aromatase inhibitors (for example as anastrozole,letrozole, vorazole and exemestane) and inhibitors of 5*-reductase suchas finasteride;

(iii) anti-invasion agents (for example c-Src kinase family inhibitorslike4-(6-chloro-2,3-methylenedioxyanilino)-7-[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]-5-tetrahydropyran-4-yloxyquinazoline(AZD0530; International Patent Application WO 01/94341) andN-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)-2-{6-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]-2-methylpyrimidin-4-ylamino}thiazole-5-carboxamide(dasatinib, BMS-354825; J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 6658-6661), andmetalloproteinase inhibitors like marimastat, inhibitors of urokinaseplasminogen activator receptor function or antibodies to Heparanase);

(iv) inhibitors of growth factor function: for example such inhibitorsinclude growth factor antibodies and growth factor receptor antibodies(for example the anti erbB2 antibody trastuzumab [Herceptin™], theanti-EGFR antibody panitumumab, the anti erbB1 antibody cetuximab[Erbitux, C225] and any growth factor or growth factor receptorantibodies disclosed by Stem et al. Critical reviews inoncology/haematology, 2005, Vol. 54, pp 11-29); such inhibitors alsoinclude tyrosine kinase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of theepidermal growth factor family (for example EGFR family tyrosine kinaseinhibitors such asN-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholinopropoxy)quinazolin-4-amine(gefitinib, ZD1839),N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine(erlotinib, OSI 774) and6-acrylamido-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-(3-morpholinopropoxy)-quinazolin-4-amine(CI 1033), erbB2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as lapatinib,inhibitors of the hepatocyte growth factor family, inhibitors of theplatelet-derived growth factor family such as imatinib, inhibitors ofserine/threonine kinases (for example Ras/Raf signalling inhibitors suchas farnesyl transferase inhibitors, for example sorafenib (BAY43-9006)), inhibitors of cell signalling through MEK and/or AKT kinases,inhibitors of the hepatocyte growth factor family, c-kit inhibitors, ablkinase inhibitors, IGF receptor (insulin-like growth factor) kinaseinhibitors; aurora kinase inhibitors (for example AZD1152, PH739358,VX-680, MLN8054, R763, MP235, MP529, VX-528 AND AX39459) and cyclindependent kinase inhibitors such as CDK2 and/or CDK4 inhibitors;

(v) antiangiogenic agents such as those which inhibit the effects ofvascular endothelial growth factor, [for example the anti vascularendothelial cell growth factor antibody bevacizumab (Avastin™) and VEGFreceptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as4-(4-bromo-2-fluoroanilino)-6-methoxy-7-(1-methylpiperidin-4-ylmethoxy)quinazoline(ZD6474; Example 2 within WO 01/32651),4-(4-fluoro-2-methylindol-5-yloxy)-6-methoxy-7-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropoxy)quinazoline(AZD2171; Example 240 within WO 00/47212), vatalanib (PTK787; WO98/35985) and SU11248 (sunitinib; WO 01/60814), compounds such as thosedisclosed in International Patent Applications WO97/22596, WO 97/30035,WO 97/32856 and WO 98/13354 and compounds that work by other mechanisms(for example linomide, inhibitors of integrin avb3 function andangiostatin)];

(vi) vascular damaging agents such as Combretastatin A4 and compoundsdisclosed in International Patent Applications WO 99/02166, WO 00/40529,WO 00/41669, WO 01/92224, WO 02/04434 and WO 02/08213;

(vii) antisense therapies, for example those which are directed to thetargets listed above, such as ISIS 2503, an anti-ras antisense;

(viii) gene therapy approaches, including for example approaches toreplace aberrant genes such as aberrant p53 or aberrant BRCA1 or BRCA2,GDEPT (gene directed enzyme pro drug therapy) approaches such as thoseusing cytosine deaminase, thymidine kinase or a bacterial nitroreductaseenzyme and approaches to increase patient tolerance to chemotherapy orradiotherapy such as multi drug resistance gene therapy; and

(ix) immunotherapy approaches, including for example ex vivo and in vivoapproaches to increase the immunogenicity of patient tumour cells, suchas transfection with cytokines such as interleukin 2, interleukin 4 orgranulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor, approaches to decreaseT cell anergy, approaches using transfected immune cells such ascytokine transfected dendritic cells, approaches using cytokinetransfected tumour cell lines and approaches using anti idiotypicantibodies.

Administration

The active compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the activecompound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route ofadministration, whether systemically/ peripherally or at the site ofdesired action, including but not limited to, oral (e.g. by ingestion);topical (including e.g. transdermal, intranasal, ocular, buccal, andsublingual); pulmonary (e.g. by inhalation or insufflation therapyusing, e.g. an aerosol, e.g. through mouth or nose); rectal; vaginal;parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous,intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac,intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital,intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular,subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot, for example,subcutaneously or intramuscularly.

The subject may be a eukaryote, an animal, a vertebrate animal, amammal, a rodent (e.g. a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine(e.g. a mouse), canine (e.g. a dog), feline (e.g. a cat), equine (e.g. ahorse), a primate, simian (e.g. a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g.marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g. gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang,gibbon), or a human.

Formulations

While it is possible for the active compound to be administered alone,it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical composition (e.g.,formulation) comprising at least one active compound, as defined above,together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,adjuvants, excipients, diluents, fillers, buffers, stabilisers,preservatives, lubricants, or other materials well known to thoseskilled in the art and optionally other therapeutic or prophylacticagents.

Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceuticalcompositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising admixing at least one active compound, as definedabove, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,excipients, buffers, adjuvants, stabilisers, or other materials, asdescribed herein.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” as used herein pertains tocompounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are,within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contactwith the tissues of a subject (e.g. human) without excessive toxicity,irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication,commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier,excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of beingcompatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.

Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standardpharmaceutical texts. See, for example, refs. 27 to 29.

The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form andmay be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Suchmethods include the step of bringing into association the activecompound with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessoryingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly andintimately bringing into association the active compound with liquidcarriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessaryshaping the product.

Formulations may be in the form of liquids, solutions, suspensions,emulsions, elixirs, syrups, tablets, lozenges, granules, powders,capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, suppositories, pessaries, ointments,gels, pastes, creams, sprays, mists, foams, lotions, oils, boluses,electuaries, or aerosols.

Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) maybe presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets,each containing a predetermined amount of the active compound; as apowder or granules; as a solution or suspension in an aqueous ornon-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or awater-in-oil liquid emulsion; as a bolus; as an electuary; or as apaste.

A tablet may be made by conventional means, e.g. compression or molding,optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tabletsmay be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active compoundin a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixedwith one or more binders (e.g. povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol,tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g.lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate);lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g.sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodiumcarboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents(e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); and preservatives (e.g., methylp-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid). Moldedtablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of thepowdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tabletsmay optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as toprovide slow or controlled release of the active compound therein using,for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions toprovide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be providedwith an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut otherthan the stomach.

Formulations suitable for topical administration (e.g. transdermal,intranasal, ocular, buccal, and sublingual) may be formulated as anointment, cream, suspension, lotion, powder, solution, past, gel, spray,aerosol, or oil. Alternatively, a formulation may comprise a patch or adressing such as a bandage or adhesive plaster impregnated with activecompounds and optionally one or more excipients or diluents.

Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth includelosenges comprising the active compound in a flavored basis, usuallysucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the activecompound in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose andacacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active compound in a suitableliquid carrier.

Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also includeeye drops wherein the active compound is dissolved or suspended in asuitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active compound.

Formulations suitable for nasal administration, wherein the carrier is asolid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, inthe range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in themanner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through thenasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid for administrationas, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administrationby nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the active compound.

Formulations suitable for administration by inhalation include thosepresented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of asuitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane,trichlorofluoromethane, dichloro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, orother suitable gases.

Formulations suitable for topical administration via the skin includeointments, creams, and emulsions. When formulated in an ointment, theactive compound may optionally be employed with either a paraffinic or awater-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active compounds may beformulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, theaqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or morehydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol,sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. Thetopical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhancesabsorption or penetration of the active compound through the skin orother affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancersinclude dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.

When formulated as a topical emulsion, the oily phase may optionallycomprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or itmay comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oilor with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier isincluded together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as astabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up theso-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fatmake up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oilydispersed phase of the cream formulations.

Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80,cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodiumlauryl sulphate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulationis based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since thesolubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used inpharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the creamshould preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable productwith suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or othercontainers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esterssuch as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester ofcoconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropylpalmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branchedchain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three beingpreferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending onthe properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids suchas white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils canbe used.

Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as asuppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butteror a salicylate.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented aspessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulationscontaining in addition to the active compound, such carriers as areknown in the art to be appropriate.

Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection,including cutaneous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous andintradermal), include aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic, pyrogen-free,sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers,preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, and solutes which render theformulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; andaqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspendingagents and thickening agents, and liposomes or other microparticulatesystems which are designed to target the compound to blood components orone or more organs. Examples of suitable isotonic vehicles for use insuch formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution,or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of theactive compound in the solution is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml,for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations maybe presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example,ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised)condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, forexample water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneousinjection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterilepowders, granules, and tablets. Formulations may be in the form ofliposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to targetthe active compound to blood components or one or more organs.

Dosage

It will be appreciated that appropriate dosages of the active compounds,and compositions comprising the active compounds, can vary from patientto patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve thebalancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk ordeleterious side effects of the treatments of the present invention. Theselected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, butnot limited to, the activity of the particular compound, the route ofadministration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of thecompound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/ormaterials used in combination, and the age, sex, weight, condition,general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount ofcompound and route of administration will ultimately be at thediscretion of the physician, although generally the dosage will be toachieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve thedesired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleteriousside-effects.

Administration in vivo can be effected in one dose, continuously orintermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals)throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the mosteffective means and dosage of administration are well known to those ofskill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy,the purpose of the therapy, the target cell being treated, and thesubject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carriedout with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treatingphysician.

In general, a suitable dose of the active compound is in the range ofabout 100 μg to about 250 mg per kilogram body weight of the subject perday. Where the active compound is a salt, an ester, prodrug, or thelike, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parentcompound and so the actual weight to be used is increasedproportionately.

In addition to their use in therapeutic medicine, the compounds offormula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also usefulas pharmacological tools in the development and standardisation of invitro and in vivo test systems for the evaluation of the effects ofinhibitors of mTor in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits,monkeys, rats and mice, as part of the search for new therapeuticagents.

In the above other pharmaceutical composition, process, method, use andmedicament manufacture features, the alternative and preferredembodiments of the compounds of the invention described herein alsoapply.

EXAMPLES General Experimental Methods

Thin Layer chromatography was carried out using Merck Kieselgel 60 F₂₅₄glass backed plates. The plates were visualized by the use of a UV lamp(254 nm). Silica gel 60 (particle sizes 40-63 μm) supplied by E. M.Merck was employed for flash chromatography. ¹H NMR spectra wererecorded at 300 MHz on a Bruker DPX-300 instrument. Chemical shifts werereferenced relative to tetramethylsilane.

Purification of Samples

The samples were purified on Gilson LC units. Mobile phase A—0.1%aqueous TFA, mobile phase B—Acetonitrile; flow rate 6 ml/min;Gradient—typically starting at 90% A/10% B for 1 minute, rising to 97%after 15 minutes, holding for 2 minutes, then back to the startingconditions. Column: Jones Chromatography Genesis 4 μm, C18 column, 10mm×250 mm. Peak acquisition based on UV detection at 254 nm.

Identification of Samples

QC Method QC2-AQ

Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrosprayionisation mode. Mobile phase A—0.1% aqueous formic acid. Mobile phaseB—0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient—startingat 100% A/0% B for 1 minute, rising to 95% B after 7 minutes and holdingfor 2 minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column:Varies, currently Genesis AQ 120A 4 u 50 mm×4.6 mm, Hichrom Ltd. PDAdetection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.

QC Method QC2-Long

Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrosprayionisation mode. Mobile phase A—0.1% aqueous formic acid. Mobile phaseB—0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient—startingat 95% A/5% B, rising to 95% B after 20 minutes and holding for 3minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, butalways C18 50 mm×4.6 mm (currently Genesis C18 4u 50 mm×4.6 mm, HichromLtd). PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.

QC Method QC2-QC

Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrosprayionisation mode. Mobile phase A—0.1% aqueous formic acid. Mobile phaseB—0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient—startingat 95% A/5% B, rising to 95% B after 5 minutes and holding for 5 minutesbefore returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, but alwaysC18 50 mm×4.6 mm (currently Genesis C18 4 gm 50×4.6 mm, Hichrom Ltd).PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.

QC Method QC3-AQ-Long

Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrosprayionisation mode. Mobile phase A—0.1% aqueous formic acid. Mobile phaseB—0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient—startingat 100% A/0% B for 1 minute, rising to 95% B after 20 minutes andholding for 5 minutes before returning to the starting conditions.Column: Varies, currently Genesis AQ 4 μm 50 mm×4.6 mm, Hichrom Ltd. PDAdetection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.

Examples 1u, 9a, 18bs, 18by, 18bw, 18bx, 18by, 18bz, 18ca, 18cb, 18cc,18cd, 18ce, 18cf, 18cg, 18ch, 18ci, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 18cm, 18dk, 18dland 18dm were analysed using the QC Method QC2-AQ.

Examples 12c, 12d, 13c, 13e, 13g, 14b, 15b, 18aa, 18ab, 18ac, 18ad,18ae, 18af, 18ag, 18ah, 18ai, 18aj, 18ak, 18al, 18am, 18an, 18ao, 18ap,18aq, 18ar, 18as, 18at, 18au, 18az, 18bc, 18bl, 18bm, 18bt, 18bu, 18cn,18co, 18cp, 18cq, 18cr, 18cs, 18ct, 18cu, 18cv, 18cw, 18cx, 18cy, 18cz,18da, 18db, 18dc, 18df, 18dj, 18l, 18o, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v,18w, 18x, 18y, 18z, 19a, 19b, 19c, 19d, 19e, 19f, 19g, 19h, 19i, 19j,19k, 19l, 19m, 19n, 19o, 1a, 1aa, 1ab, 1ac, 1ad, 1ae, 1af, 1ag, 1ah,1ai, 1ak, 1as, 1au, 1az, 1bb, 1cq, 1ct, 1dg, 1ec, 1g, 1i, 1m, 1w, 1x,1y, 1z, 21a, 3a, 3ac, 3b, 3c, 3d, 3e, 3f, 3g, 3h, 3i, 3j, 3v, 3w, 3x,3y, 3z, 4j, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 4p, 6a, comparative of Example 1c,comparative of Example 1j and comparative of Example 1k were analysedusing the QC Method QC2-Long.

Examples 10a, 11a, 12a, 12b, 12e, 13a, 13b, 13d, 13f, 14a, 15a, 15c,16a, 17a, 18a, 18av, 18aw, 18ax, 18ay, 18b, 18ba, 18bb, 18bd, 18be,18bf, 18bg, 18bh, 18bi, 18bj, 18bk, 18bn, 18bo, 18bp, 18bq, 18br, 18c,18d, 18dd, 18de, 18dg, 18dh, 18di, 18dn, 18do, 18e, 18f, 18g, 18h, 18i,18j, 18k, 18m, 18n, 19p, 19q, 19r, 19s, 19t, 19u, 19v, 19w, 19x, 1aj,1al, 1am, 1an, 1ao, 1ap, 1aq, 1ar, 1at, 1av, 1aw, 1ax, 1ay, 1b, 1ba,1bc, 1be, 1bf, 1bg, 1bh, 1bi, 1bj, 1bk, 1bl, 1bm, 1bn, 1bo, 1bp, 1bq,1br, 1bs, 1bt, 1bu, 1bv, 1bw, 1bx, 1by, 1bz, 1c, 1ca, 1cb, 1cc, 1cd,1ce, 1cf, 1cg, 1ch, 1ci, 1cj, 1ck, 1cl, 1cm, 1cn, 1co, 1cp, 1cr, 1cs,1cu, 1cv, 1cw, 1cx, 1cy, 1cz, 1d, 1da, 1db, 1dc, 1dd, 1de, 1df, 1dh,1di, 1dj, 1dk, 1dl, 1dm, 1dn, 1do, 1dp, 1dq, 1dr, 1ds, 1dt, 1du, 1dv,1dw, 1dx, 1dy, 1dz, 1e, 1ea, 1eb, 1ed, 1ee, 1f, 1h, 1j, 1k, 1l, 1n, 1o,1p, 1q, 1r, 1s, 1t, 1v, 20a, 20b, 20c, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 2e, 2f, 2g, 2h,2i, 2j, 3aa, 3ab, 3ad, 3k, 3l, 3m, 3n, 3o, 3p, 3q, 3r, 3s, 3t, 3u, 4a,4aa, 4ab, 4ac, 4ad, 4ae, 4af, 4ag, 4ah, 4ai, 4aj, 4ak, 4al, 4am, 4an,4ao, 4ap, 4aq, 4ar, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4av, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4b, 4ba,4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4q, 4r, 4s, 4t, 4u,4v, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 5i, 5j, 5k, 5l, 5m,5n, 5o, 5p, 5q, 5r, 5s, St, 5u, 5v, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 7a, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7e,7f, 7g, 7h, 7i, 7j, 7k, 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, comparative of Example 1a andcomparative of Example 1b were analysed using the QC Method QC2-QC.

Examples 18p and 1bd were analysed using the QC Method QC3-AQ-Long.

Microwave Synthesis

Reactions were carried out using a Personal Chemistry™ Emrys Optimisermicrowave synthesis unit with robotic arm. Power range between. 0-300 Wat 2.45 GHz. Pressure range between 0-20 bar; temperature increasebetween 2-5° C./sec; temp range 60-250° C.

General Procedure for the Synthesis of 2,4,7-substitutedpyridopyrimidine derivatives

a) NH₃, 14 bar; b) (i) SOCl₂, THF, r.t., (ii) NH₃ c) Oxalyl chloride,Toluene, Δ; d) DIPEA, POCl₃, Toluene or Anisole, Δ;e) Appropriate amine,diisopropylethylamine, CH₂Cl₂ or Anisole; f) Appropriate amine,diiosopropylethyl amine, DMA, 70° C.;

To the appropriate amino acid (1 equiv) was added liquid ammonia(sufficient to make a 0.6M solution of substrate in ammonia). Thesuspension was sealed in a pressure vessel which was then heated slowlyto 130° C. It was noted that at this temperature a pressure of 18 barwas observed. This temperature and pressure was maintained for a further16 hours whereupon the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Thepressure vessel was opened and the reaction poured into ice cold water(1 reaction volume). The resulting solution was acidified to pH 1-2using concentrated HCl which caused a precipitate to form. The acidicmixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred likethis for a further 30 min The suspension was then extracted with diethylether (3×400 ml). The combined organic extracts were then filtered andthe filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a white solid which was driedfurther over P₂O₅ to give the title compound (typically 80-90% yield and90%+pure) in suitably pure form to be used without any furtherpurification.

2-amino-6-chloronicotinic acid —X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (90% yield, 96% purity)m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 173 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.63 min

To a 0.3 M solution of amino acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous THF, under aninert atmosphere, was added thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) in a dropwisefashion. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2hours. After this time the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to give acrude yellow solid residue. The crude solid was dissolved in THF (equalto initial reaction volume) and concentrated in vacuo again to give ayellow solid residue. The residue was dissolved once more in THF andconcentrated as before to give a solid residue which was then dissolvedin THF (to give a solution of 0.3M) and ammonia gas bubbled through thesolution for 1 hour. The resultant precipitate was removed by filtrationand the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow precipitatewhich was triturated with water at 50° C. then dried to give the titlecompound (typically 90-95%) yield and suitably clean enough to be usedwithout any further purification.

2-Amino-6-chloronicotinamide—X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (92% yield, 93% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 172 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.19 min

To a stirred solution (0.06 M) of substrate (1 equiv) in anhydroustoluene under an inert atmosphere was added oxalyl chloride (1.2 equiv)in a dropwise manner. The resulting mixture was then heated to reflux(115° C.) for 4 hours whereupon it was cooled and stirred for a further16 hours. The crude reaction mixture was then concentrated to half itsvolume in vacuo and filtered to give the desired product in suitablypure form to be used without any further purification.

7-Chloro-1H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-dione—X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (95% yield,96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 196 [M−H]⁻ R/T=3.22 min

To a stirred 0.5 M suspension of the appropriate dione (1 equiv) inanhydrous toluene under an inert atmosphere was slowly addeddiisopropylethylamine (3 equiv). The reaction mixture was then heated to70° C. for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature prior to theaddition of POCl₃ (3 equiv). The reaction was then heated to 100° C. for2.5 hours before being cooled and concentrated in vacuo to give a crudeslurry which was then suspended in EtOAc and filtered through a thin padof Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown, oilwhich was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ and stirred over silica gel for 30minutes. After this time the silica was removed by filtration, thefiltrate concentrated and the crude residue purified by flashchromatography (SiO₂) to give the title compound in analytically pureform.

2,4,7-Trichloro-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (48% yield, 96%purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 234 [M+H]⁺ R/T=4.21 min

To a cooled (0-5° C.) stirred solution (0.1 M) of the appropriatetrichloro-substrate (1 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ was added diisopropylethylamine(1 equiv) in a dropwise fashion. The appropriate amine (1 equiv) wasthen added to the reaction mixture portionwise over the period of 1hour. The solution was maintained at room temperature with stirring fora further 1 hour before the mixture was washed with water (2×1 reactionvolume). The aqueous extracts were combined and extracted with CH₂Cl₂(2×1 reaction volume). The organic extracts were then combined, dried(sodium sulphate), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an oilyresidue which solidified upon prolonged drying. The solid was trituratedwith diethylether and then filtered and the cake washed with colddiethyl ether to leave the title compound in suitable clean form to beused without any further purification.

2,7-Dichloro-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=morpholine,X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (92% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 285 [M+H]⁺R/T=3.90 min

2,7-Dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine,X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (87% yield, 92% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 301 [M+H]⁺R/T=4.13 min

2,7-Dichloro-4-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=(R)-3-Methyl-morpholine:(99% yield, 94% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 301 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.49 min

Alternatively, to a stirred 0.47 M suspension of the appropriate dione(1 equiv) in anhydrous anisole under an inert atmosphere was added POCl₃(2.6 equiv). The mixture was heated to 55° C. and thendiisopropylethylamine (2.6 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixturewas then heated to 85-90° C. for 30 minutes. Water was added in portions(0.15 equiv), and the reaction mixture was held at 85-90° C. for afurther 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to 50° C., and then 15% ofthe anisole solvent was removed by vacuum distillation. The mixture wasthen cooled to −5° C. and diisopropylethylamine (1.1 equiv) was added. A4.9M solution of the appropriate amine (1.05 equiv) in anisole was thenadded to the reaction mixture continuously over a period of 1 hour. Thesolution was then warmed to 30° C. and the reaction monitored by HPLCuntil reaction completion.

One third of the resulting mixture from the above reaction was thenadded over 10 min to a stirred mixture of 1.95M aqueous potassiumhydroxide (3.9 equiv) and i-butanol (6.9 equiv) at 60° C. The stirringwas stopped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phasewas removed. Stirring was resumed, and 1.95M aqueous potassium hydroxide(3.9 equiv) was added to the retained organic phase. The second third ofthe resulting reaction mixture from the reaction above was then addedover 10 min at 60° C. Again, stirring was stopped, the phases wereallowed to separate, and the aqueous phase was removed. Stirring wasresumed, and 1.95M aqueous potassium hydroxide (3.9 equiv) was added tothe retained organic phase. The remaining third of the resultingreaction mixture from the reaction above was then added over 10 min at60° C. Again, stirring was stopped, the phases were allowed to separate,and the aqueous phase was removed. Water was then added to the organicphase with stirring, and the stirred mixture heated to 75° C. Stirringwas stopped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phasewas removed. The resulting organic phase was stirred and allowed to coolto 30° C., and then as the mixture was heated to 60° C. heptane (11.5equiv) was added over 20 min when the mixture was around 40° C. Afterbeing heated to 60° C., the mixture was cooled over 2.5h to 10° C. After30 min, the resulting slurry was filtered off, washed with a 10:1heptane:anisole mixture (2×1.4 equiv) and then washed with heptane(2×1.4 equiv). The solid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. toleave the title compound in suitable clean form to be used without anyfurther purification.

To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate dichloro-substrate (1 equiv) inanhydrous dimethyl acetamide under an inert atmosphere was addeddiisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) followed by the appropriate amine (1equiv). The resulting mixture was heated for 48 hours at 70° C. beforebeing cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted withCH₂Cl₂ (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water (3×1 reactionvolumes). The organic extract was concentrated in vacuo to give a syrupwhich was dissolved in EtOAc (1 reaction volume) and washed withsaturated brine solution before being dried (sodium sulphate) andconcentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The crude residue was purified byflash chromatography (SiO₂, eluted with EtOAc:Hex (7:3) going to (1:1))to give the title compound as a yellow solid that was suitably clean tobe used without any further purification.

7-Chloro-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=morpholine,R2=cis-dimethylmorpholine, X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (45% yield, 85% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 348 [M+H]⁺ R/T=4.16 min

7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine,R2=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (71% yield, 90% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 364 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.52 min

7-Chloro-2-(2-ethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine,R2=2-Ethyl-piperidine, X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (51% yield, 98% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 376 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.88 min

7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine,—R1=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, R2=morpholine, X═N, Y═C, Z═C: (72% yield,96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 350 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.45 min

7-Chloro-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine,R2=cis-dimethylmorpholine: (33% yield) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 378 [M+H]⁺R/T=3.68 min

7-Chloro-4-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine,—R1=R2=(R)-3-Methyl-morpholine: (48% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP): 364 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.80 min

To a 0.33 M solution of2,7-dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1equiv) in N,N-dimethylacetamide was added Hunig's base (1 equiv)followed by the appropriate amine (1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture washeated 40° C. for 1 hour. After this time the reaction was allowed tocool, diluted with EtOAc (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water(1 reaction volume). The aqueous fraction was removed and extractedfurther with EtOAc (2×1 reaction volume). The combined organic extractswere dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crudeoily residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) usingEtOAc/Hexanes as eluent which furnished the desired products in asuitably clean form.

7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(30% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 366.4[M+H]⁺ R/T=3.00 min

7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrido[2,3-]pyrimidine:(32%yield, 95% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 363.4[M+H]⁺ R/T=2.37 min

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in atoluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) andthe appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) werethen added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium, (0.1equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed tomicrowave radiation (140° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes.Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge,washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Example 1 Preparation of 2,4,7-substituted pyridopyrimidineintermediates Procedures for the synthesis of2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-aryll-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinederivatives

To a (0.1 M) solution of2,7-dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1equiv) in MeCN/H₂O (1:1 mixture) was added the appropriate pinacolateboron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and potassium carbonate (3equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes before theaddition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv). Thereaction was degassed for a further 5 minutes before being heated toreflux under an inert atmosphere for 3 hours. Whereupon, it wasconcentrated in vacuo and the crude residue partitioned betweenCH₂Cl₂/H₂O. The organic fraction was dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to give an oil which was further purified by flashchromatography (SiO₂) using 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ as eluent.

3-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide:(27% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 384.3 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.13 min)

5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine:(93% yield, 89% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 357 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.53 min)

2-Chloro-7-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(80% yield, 85% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 357.5 [M+H]⁺, R/T=4.26 min)

{5-[2-Chloro-4-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-methanol:(97% yield, 93% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 401 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.42 min)

Procedures for the synthesis of boronic ester

5-bromo-2-methoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) was dissolved indioxane (0.1 M). Bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate(3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv) were added and the mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes.(1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-dichloropalladium (0.05 equiv) wasadded and the mixture was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reactionmixture was heated to 120° C. for 2 hours under nitrogen. After coolingto room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ andfiltered through Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to givea dark oil. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturatedaqueous sodium bicarbonate and the aqueous layer further extracted withEtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a dark residue which waspurified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with 0to 30% ethyl acetate in hexane.

2-Methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acidmethyl ester: (77% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 293.5 [M+H]⁺R/T=4.24 min

Procedures for the synthesis of tetrazolyl boronic acids

The appropriate cyanophenylpinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.67 M). Sodium azide (6 equiv) andammonium chloride (6 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was heatedto 120° C. for 2.5 hours. After cooling down, the reaction mixture waspoured into a mixture of ice water and EtOAc. Sodium nitrite was addedand the aqueous phase was acidified by 6N HCl until pH 2. The mixturewas allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 min and then wasextracted with EtOAc and n-butanol. Organic fractions were collected,dried over sodium sulphate, filtered off and concentrated in vacuo, toyield a crude residue which was further purified accordingly:

The crude residue was recrystallized from CH₂Cl₂/hexane, obtaining thedesired product as a white solid.

[3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (15% yield, 100% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 191 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.49 min

The crude residue was recrystallized from CH₂Cl₂/hexane, to give thedesired product as a white solid.

[4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (64% yield, 100% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 191 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.49 min

The residue was purified by reverse phase column using a gradient from5% to 20% acetonitrile in 0.1% formic acid/water solution, yielding thedesired product.

[4-fluoro-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (18% yield, 100%purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 207 [M−H]⁻ R/T=2.51 min

Procedure for the synthesis of methanesulfonylamido boronic acid

3-Amino-4-fluorophenylboronic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.1M). Methane sulphonyl chloride (10 equiv) and pyridine (1 equiv) wereadded. The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. for 30 minutes. Aftercooling down, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, to yield acrude residue which was used without further purification.

3-(Methanesulfonylamino)-4-fluoro-phenylboronic acid: (51% yield, 90%purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 232 [M−H]⁻ R/T=2.50 min

Procedure for the synthesis of3-hydroxymethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ol

To a 0.18 M solution of 5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (1 equiv) indioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equiv) and potassiumacetate (3.5 equiv) followed by 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene(0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes.PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added and the mixture degassed for afurther 5 minutes. The reaction was then heated to reflux under an inertatmosphere for 2 hours. Upon completion, the reaction was cooled,filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which waspurified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) using EtOAc/Hexanes—1:1 aseluent to give the desired product.

3-Hydroxymethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ol6-Bromo-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one: (67% yield, 94% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 251 [M−H]⁻ R¹⁵/T=3.32 minutes)

Procedure for the synthesis of5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3-dihydro-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-one

To a 0.05 M solution of 5-bromo-1,3-dihydro-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-one(1 equiv) in dioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equiv) andpotassium acetate (1.5 equiv) followed by1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) wasadded and the mixture degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction wasthen heated to 120° C. under an inert atmosphere for 8 hours. Uponcompletion, the reaction was cooled, filtered and concentrated in vacuoto give a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂) using EtOAc Hexanes—4:1 as eluent to give the desired product.

5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3-dihydro-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-one:(68% yield, 92% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 260 [M−H]⁻ R/T=3.52 minutes)

Procedure for the synthesis of6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-oneboronic ester

To a 1.2 M solution of 5-bromoanthranilic acid (1 equiv) inN,N-dimethylformamide was added formamidine acetate (1 equiv). Themixture was heated to reflux and stirred at this temperature for 16hours. After this time, the reaction was cooled and NaHCO₃ solution (5%in H₂O) (3 volumes) were carefully added and the mixture stirredvigorously. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration andthen washed with water (2×1 volume) and then t-butyl methylether (2×1volume) before being dried in a vacuum oven to give the desired productwhich required no further purification.

6-Bromo-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one: (91% yield, insert) m/z (LC-MS,ESP): 225 [M−H]⁻ R/T=2.31 minutes)

To a (0.35M) solution of 6-bromo-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (1equiv) in dioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equiv) andpotassium acetate (1.5 equiv) followed by1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) wasadded and the mixture degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction wasthen heated to reflux under an inert atmosphere for 16 hours. After thistime, the mixture was cooled, filtered through Celite™ and thenpartitioned between CH₂Cl₂/NaHCO_(3(aq)). The organic fraction wasremoved, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The cruderesidue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) 1:1 Hexanes:EtOAcgoing to neat EtOAc. The purified material was then dissolved in theminimum volume of CH₂Cl₂ and hexane added in order to precipitate thedesired product as a whiter crystalline solid

6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one(15% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):Mass ion not observable,R/T=3.30 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]oxazin-2-one

To a 0.3 M solution of 7-bromo-1H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]oxazin-2-one (1equiv) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.10 equiv), potassium acetate(3.5 equiv) and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). Themixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes before the addition ofPdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) and degassing for a further 5 minutes. Acondenser was attached to the reaction vessel and the mixture heated toreflux under an inert atmosphere for 16 hours. After this time, thereaction was cooled, filtered through Celite™. The cake was washedCH₂Cl₂ and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo before being re-dissolvedin EtOAc and washed with H₂O and then saturated brine. The organicfraction was separated, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to givea crude residue which was further purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂) using 1:1—EtOAc:Hexanes going to neat EtOAc as eluent to give thedesired product.

7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]oxazin-2-one:(97% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 317 [M+H+MeCN]⁺, R/T=3.72 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of 2-Methoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid

To a cooled (−78° C.) solution (0.25 M) of 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzonitrilein THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equiv of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes)dropwise. The mixture was maintained at this temperature with stirringfor 45 minutes before the addition of triisopropylborate (1.25 equiv).The reaction was then warmed to −20° C. before the addition of 1N HCl(0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred like this for a further 20 minutes. After thistime the mixture was diluted with H₂O and then extracted with Et₂O (3×4reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were then dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an off white solidwhich corresponded to the title compound

2-Methoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (44% yield, 90% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 177.0 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.87 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of 2-Ethoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid

To a cooled (−78° C.) solution (0.25 M) of 5-bromo-2-ethoxybenzonitrilein THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equiv of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes)dropwise. The mixture was maintained at this temperature with stirringfor 45 minutes before the addition of triisopropylborate (1.25 equiv).The reaction was then warmed to −20° C. before the addition of 1N HCl(0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred like this for a further 20 minutes. After thistime the mixture was diluted with H₂O and then extracted with Et₂O (3×4reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were then dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an off white solidwhich corresponded to the title compound.

2-Ethoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (23% yield, 97% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 191.0 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.09 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of 2-Isopropoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronicacid

To a cooled (−78° C.) solution (0.25 M) of5-bromo-2-isopropoxy-nicotinonitrile in THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equivof a 2.5 M solution in hexanes) dropwise. The mixture was maintained atthis temperature with stirring for 45 minutes before the addition oftriisopropylborate (1.25 equiv). The reaction was then warmed to −20° C.before the addition of 1N HCl (0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture wasallowed to warm to room temperature and stirred like this for a further20 minutes. After this time the mixture was diluted with H₂O and thenextracted with Et₂O (3×4 reaction volumes). The combined organicfractions were then dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo togive an off white solid which which was triturated with CH₂Cl₂ to givethe desired compound.

2-Isopropoxy-nicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (100% yield, 97% purity)m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 204.2 [M+H]⁻, R/T=3.25 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-1-one

To a 3M solution of 5-bromo-2-formyl benzoic acid (1 equiv) in water wasadded hydrazine hydrate (5 equivs). The reaction was heated to 95° C.for 4 hours whereupon a white precipitate had formed in the mixture. Thereaction was cooled, and filtered. The white solid material was washedwith cold methanol and dried to give the desired product.

7-Bromo-2H-phthalazin-1-one: (73% yield, 95% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):225.2 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.99 min)

Bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv) were dissolved indioxane. The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes beforethe addition of PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed for afurther 5 minutes. The mixture was heated to reflux for 16 hours andthen allowed to cool to room temperature. Water was added to the mixturebefore it was extracted with EtOAc (2×2 reaction volumes). The combinedorganic fractions were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuobefore being purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) neat hexanes goingto 1:1—Hexanes:EtOAc then neat EtOAc to give the desire product as awhite crystalline solid.

7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-1-one:(86% yield, 92% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 191.3 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.29 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one

5-Bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in a 1:9MeOH/toluene mixture (0.1 M). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C.and a trimethylsilyldiazomethane (1.05 equiv) solution in diethylether(2M) was added slowly until a persistent yellow tinge was observed. Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue wassonicated in hexane, collected by vacuum filtration over a sinteredfunnel, dried and used without further purification.

5-Bromo-2-methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester: (99% yield, 100% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): no ionisation R/T=4.43 min

To a solution of 5-Bromo-2-methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) inchloroform (0.1 M) were added N-bromosuccinimide (1.2 equiv) and benzoylperoxide (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 16hours. It was then diluted with chloroform and a precipitate wascollected by vacuum filtration on a sintered funnel. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. The subsequent residue was purified by flashcolumn chromatography onto silica gel eluting with DCM in hexane (0 to20%) to yield the desired product as a clear colourless oil.

5-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester: 80% yield, 100% purity)m/z (LC-MS, ESP): no ionisation R/T=4.40 min

A solution of 5-bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv)in a 1:1 THF/MeOH mixture was treated by gentle bubbling of ammonia gasfor 40 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in CH₂Cl₂ for 15minutes then filtered to give the desired product as a white solid.

6-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one: (98% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP): 212.3/214.3 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.98 min

To a solution of 6-bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one (1 equiv) in drydioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassiumacetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) wasadded to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. for 2 hours undernitrogen then heated to 120° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was furtherextracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in EtOAc,the suspension was filtered onto a sintered funnel and the collectedgrey solid was dried and used without further purification.

6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one:(82% yield, 29% purity, main impurity being the boronic acid 43%) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 519.5 [2M+H]⁺ R/T=3.38 min

Procedure for the synthesis of7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepine-2,5dione:

To a solution of 5-bromoisatoic anhydride (1 equiv) in water (1 M) wasadded glycine (1.4 equiv) and triethylamine (1 equiv) at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4hours to give a cloudy solution. The reaction mixture was concentratedin vacuo. Acetic acid was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at140° C. for 4.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down slowly toroom temperature. A precipitate was formed. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with diethyl ether then filtered through a sintered funnel toyield the desired product.

7-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepine-2,5-dione: (75% yield,100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 255.2/257.2 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.67 min

To a solution of 7-bromo-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepine-2,5-dione(1 equiv) in dry dioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). Thereaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf)(0.05 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for afurther 5 minutes. The reaction was heated to 120° C. for 16 hours undernitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH₂Cl₂/MeOH andwater. The aqueous phase was further extracted with CH₂Cl₂/MeOH. Thecombined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The residue was sonicated in hexane/ CH₂Cl₂, filtered, sonicatedin CH₂Cl₂ and filtered to yield the desired product.

7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepine-2,5-dione:(63% yield, 85% purity main impurity being the boronic acid 15%) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 303.4 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.08 min

To a solution of 2-amino-4-bromobenzoic acid (1 equiv) in DMA (0.23 M),were added ammonium chloride (7 equiv), HBTU (1 equiv) anddiisopropylethylamine (2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24hours at room temperature. DMA was evaporated and the residue waspurified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with agradient of TBME/hexane to yield the desired product as a white solid.

2-Amino-4-bromo-benzamide: 40% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 215[M+H]⁺ R/T=3.00 min

To a solution of 2-amino-4-bromo-benzamide (1 equiv) in DMA (0.14 M)were added triethyl orthoformate (10 equiv) and trifluoroacetic acid (1equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (160° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was filteredthrough a silica pad with 10% methanol in ethyl acetate yielding therequired product as a pale yellow solid.

7-Bromo-3H-quinazolin-4-one: (71% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):268 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.94 min

To a solution of 7-bromo-3H-quinazolin-4-one (1 equiv) in dioxane (0.04M) were added bispinacolato diboron (2.2 equiv), potassium acetate (1.5equiv), dppf (0.1 equiv) and PdCl₂(dppf) (0.1 equiv). The reactionmixture was degassed with nitrogen for 5 minutes, sonicated and stirredat 120° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was filtered through a Celite pad topped with silica withethyl acetate. The mother liquor was concentrated in vacuo yielding abrown solid which was further purified by flash column chromatographyonto silica gel eluting with a gradient of methanol/diethyl ether (0 to5%) to yield the desired product as a white solid.

7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one:(53% yield, 61% purity main impurity being the boronic acid 39%) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): [M+H]⁺ R/T=min

To a solution of 6-bromo-2-oxindole (1 equiv) in NMP (0.05 M) were addedbispinacolato diboron (2.4 equiv), potassium acetate (1.5 equiv), dppf(0.05 equiv) and PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 130° C. for 3 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organicphase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with EtOAc/hexane (9/1), yieldingthe desired product as a red solid.

6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one:(22% yield, 51% purity main impurity being the boronic acid 28%) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 260 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.51 min

Procedure for the synthesis of5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one

4-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester was prepared accordingto literature. A solution of 4-bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methylester (1 equiv) in a 1:1 THF/MeOH mixture was treated by gentle bubblingof ammonia gas for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in water, filtered,then sonicated in diethylether and filtered to give the desired productas a white solid.

5-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one: (81% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP): 212.3/214.3 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.06 min

To a solution of 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one (1 equiv) in drydioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassiumacetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) wasadded to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. for 2 hours undernitrogen then heated to 120° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was furtherextracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂and hexane was added. The resulting suspension was filtered and thecollected brown powder was dried and used without further purification.

5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-1-one:(94% yield, 76% purity, main impurity being the boronic acid 13%) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 260.4 [2M+H]⁺ R/T=3.51 min

Procedures for the Preparation of Examples 1a to 1du

-   -   R⁴=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine    -   R²=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine or cis-dimethylmorpholine or        2-Ethyl-piperidine or morpholine or thiomorpholine or        4-methylpiperazine    -   R⁷=aryl or heteroaryl

Procedures for the Suzuki Coupling

The synthesis of the appropriate chloro-substrate has been described inthe present document as intermediates. The appropriate pinacolate boronester or boronic acids were prepared according to synthesis described inthe present document (as intermediates) or commercially available,typically from the following suppliers:

Sigma-Aldrich, Lancaster, Frontier Scientific, Boron Molecular,Interchim, Asymchem, Combi-blocks, Apollo Scientific, Fluorochem, ABCR,Digital Speciality Chemicals.

Conditions A:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in atoluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) andthe appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) werethen added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.1equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed tomicrowave radiation (140° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes.Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge,washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.4 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in n-butanol (0.03 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 120° C.for 2 hours. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silicacartridge, washed through with CH₂Cl₂ and then concentrated in vacuo.The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired products.

Conditions C:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.4 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (150° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes undernitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples ere filtered through asilica cartridge, washed with CH₂Cl₂ and methanol and then concentratedin vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC togive the desired products.

Conditions D:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (1.2 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.083 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 25 minutes undernitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the sample was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel using a gradient MeOH/ CH₂Cl₂ to afford thedesired product which was recrystallised from diethyl ether.

Conditions E:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.4 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.3 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 95° C. for 16hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned betweenaqueous HCl and CH₂Cl₂ and washed with aqueous HCl. Combined aqueousphase were extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×), neutralised with aqueous NaOH(2N) to give a cloudy solution that was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 4% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to givethe desired product.

Conditions F:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.5 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.028 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 120° C. for 2hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the reaction mixturewas partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂.Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 0 to 4% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired productwhich was recrystallised from hexane/diethyl ether.

Conditions G:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.068 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 100° C. for 5hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the reaction mixturewas partitioned between brine and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂.Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 0 to 4% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired productswhich were recrystallised from hexane/ CH₂Cl₂.

Conditions H:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at100° C. for 8 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired product.

Conditions I:

Conditions I were similar to conditions H apart form the heating method:100° C. for 2 hours.

Conditions J:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (1.2 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.03 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at100° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired product.

Conditions K:

Conditions K were similar to conditions G apart form the heating method:100° C. for 16 hours.

Conditions L:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.10 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (100° C., medium absorption setting) for 90 minutes. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was partly concentrated. The residue waspartitioned between water and ethyl acetate and extracted with ethylacetate and n-butanol. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30 to 10% hexane inethyl acetate to give the desired product which was recrystallised fromhexane/ CH₂Cl₂.

Conditions M:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesium fluoride(3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (0.09 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 115° C.for 48 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo tohalf original volume. The residue was partitioned between water andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desiredproduct.

Conditions N:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), tripotassiumphosphate (1.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.05 equiv) and bis(tri-t-butylphosphine) palladium (0.05 equiv)was suspended in dioxane (0.16 M of chloro-substrate). The reactionvessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (170° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 45 minutes. Upon completion the sample wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water andCH₂Cl₂. The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentratedin vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography onsilica gel eluting with 40 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give thedesired product.

Conditions O:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in n-butanol (0.068 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 95° C.for 15 minutes. Upon completion, the residue was partitioned betweenethyl acetate and brine. Organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with 30 to 100% ethyl acetate inhexane to give the desired product which was recrystallised from ethylacetate/hexane.

Conditions P:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (2.0 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (120° C., medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes undernitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were filtered through asilica cartridge, washed through with CH₂Cl₂ and the concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired product.

Conditions Q:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium^(O) (0.05equiv) were dissolved in n-butanol (0.056 M of chloro-substrate). Thereaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (150° C.,medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the sampleswere filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH₂Cl₂ andmethanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purifiedby column chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate andthen 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

Conditions R:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.05 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at115° C. for 1.5 hours. Upon completion the crude reaction was filteredand the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5 to 20%MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

Conditions S:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (10.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) wasstirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture waspartitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica geleluting with 0 to 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product whichwas recrystallised from hexane/ CH₂Cl₂.

Conditions T:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (2.0 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (0.02 M of chloro-substrate).The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130°C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion thesample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂to give the desired product.

Conditions U:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1.0 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at110° C. for 8 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture waspartitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 2% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to givethe desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/ CH₂Cl₂.

Conditions V:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesium fluoride(3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 100° C.for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water andCH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/CH₂Cl₂.

Conditions W:

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronicacid (1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv)was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (0.04 M of chloro-substrate). Thereaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110° C.,medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 2%MeOH in TBME to give the desired product.

TABLE 1 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 1a 96 7.66 466.6 A

1b 99 4.31 480.4 A

1c 98 4.67 478.4 A

1d 99 4.13 406.2 A

1e 99 3.94 422.3 A

1f 99 4.32 420.3 A

1g 99 3.83 436.3 A

1h 89 3.99 422.2 A

1i 96 3.85 436.3 A

1j 99 4.5 420.3 A

1k 98 4.49 426.3 A

1l 100 3.91 452.3 A

1m 99 3.99 437.4 B

1n 99 4.2 437.4 B

1o 99 4.23 437.4 B

1p 99 4.16 425.4 B

1q 98 4.1 492.5 B

1r 98 1.09 438.4 B

1s 99 3.98 410.4 B

1t 100 4.04 468.5 B

1u 100 4.95 422.3 B

1v 98 4.32 441.4 B

1w 91 6.46 441.3 B

1x 98 7.16 439.3 B

1y 97 6.54 441.4 B

1z 95 5.92 425.5 B

1aa 100 8.28 424.4 B

1ab 99 6.67 467.4 B

1ac 100 8.01 509.5 B

1ad 100 7.23 468.4 B

1ae 100 6.99 481.4 B

1af 99 7.55 495.4 B

1ag 100 6.51 511.4 B

1ah 99 6.95 425.2 B

1ai 89 7.52 465.2 B

1aj 80 4.5 459.3 B

1ak 97 6.79 463.2 C

1al 99 4.07 491.4 C

1am 99 3.94 484.3 C

1an 99 3.95 484.3 C

1ao 97 3.75 449.3 C

1ap 99 3.86 463.3 C

1aq 99 3.87 529.4 D

1ar 99 3.41 407.3 E

1as 98 6.59 449.4 F

1at 97 4.05 499.3 G

1au 96 7 425.3 G

1av 99 4.28 449.4 H

1aw 97 4.33 431.3 I

1ax 99 3.99 450.5 J

1ay 98 4.19 443.3 K

1az 100 8.94 421.2 L

1ba 100 4.28 464.5 M

1bb 98 8.16 450.3 N

1bc 99 3.99 454.4 O

1bd 90 8.4 485.3 P

1be 99 3.91 507.4 C

1bf 99 3.39 532.4 C

1bg 97 4.19 494.4 M

1bh 98 4.15 474.3 Q

1bi 96 4.13 474.4 R

1bj 94 3.99 492.3 R

1bk 98 4.04 517.4 S

1bl 98 4.13 431.2 B

1bm 98 4.27 445.3 B

1bn 97 4.27 451.2 B

1bo 99 4.21 436.3 B

1bp 99 4.40 440.2 B

1bq 87 4.22 420.3 B

1br 93 4.40 420.3 B

1bs 94 4.30 454.2 B

1bt 95 4.32 436.3 B

1bu 99 3.53 407.3 B

1bv 99 3.94 396.3 B

1bw 85 4.49 445.3 B

1bx 99 4.59 450.3 B

1by 98 4.20 450.3 B

1bz 87 4.30 436.3 B

1ca 99 4.62 434.4 B

1cb 99 4.74 434.4 B

1cc 92 4.67 463.0 B

1cd 99 4.63 450.4 B

1ce 85 3.71 421.3 B

1cf 98 4.35 410.3 B

1cg 97 4.34 436.3 B

1ch 98 4.48 459.3 B

1ci 87 4.49 465.3 B

1cj 100 4.50 450.3 B

1ck 99 4.14 466.5 T

1cl 100 3.8 474.4 P

1cm 99 4.01 477.3 T

1cn 99 4.73 474.3 E

1co 99 4.08 477.3 D

1cp 87 4.48 461.3 D

1cq 84 7.44 493.4 L

1cr 97 3.85 475.3 T

1cs 100 4.63 450.4 D

1ct 99 464.3 S

1cu 100 3.89 436.2 B

1cv 100 3.89 J

Note: The following examples were synthesized from the correspondingboronic acids: 1aa, 1ab, 1ac, 1ad, 1ae, 1af, 1ag, 1ah, 1ai, 1aj, 1ak,1al, 1am, 1an, 1ao, 1ap, 1aq, 1as, 1at, 1au, 1av, 1aw, 1ax, 1ay, 1az,1ba, 1bb, 1bd, 1be, 1bk, 1bl, 1bm, 1bn, 1bo, 1bp, 1bq, 1br, 1bs, 1bt,1bu, 1bv, 1bw, 1bx, 1by, 1bz, 1ca, 1cb, 1cc, 1cd, 1cf, 1cg, 1ch, 1ci,1cj, 1d, 1e, 1f, 1g, 1h, 1i, 1j, 1k, 1n, 1o, 1p, 1r, 1t, 1w, 1x, 1y 1cn,1co, 1cp, 1cs, 1cv and 1z. The following Examples were synthesized fromthe corresponding pinacolate boron esters: 1a-c, 1ck, 1cl, 1cm, 1cq,1cr, 1ct, 1cu, 1ar, 1bf, 1ce, 1m, 1q, 1s, 1u and 1v.NMR Data for Example 1n

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.88 (ArH, d, J=2.20 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (ArH,dd, J=8.70, 2.45 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (ArH, d, J=8.43 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d,J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (ArH, d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.90 (CH, m, 1H),4.65 (CH, d, J=13.12 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (CH, d, J=6.68 Hz, 1H), 4.04(OCH₃+CH₂, s, 5H), 3.96-3.69 (CH₂, m, 7H), 3.60 (CH, dt, J=11.86, 11.60,2.67 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (CH, dt, J=13.01, 12.73, 3.60 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (CH₃, d,J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.41, 165.29, 162.98, 160.10, 160.01,146.58, 138.51, 134.81, 128.05, 112.42, 110.84, 104.75, 71.29, 70.92,67.26, 66.92, 53.75, 52.87, 46.94, 44.43, 39.33, 14.73 and 14.36.

NMR Data for Example 1u

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.80 (ArH, d, J=1.91 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (ArH,dd, J=8.66, 2.39 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (ArH, d, J=8.48 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ArH, d,J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (ArH, d, J=8.66 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (CH, dd, J=4.15, 1.62Hz, 1H), 4.78 (NH₂, s, 2H), 4.67-4.55 (CH, m, 1H), 4.34 (CH, d, J=6.88Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.91 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.90-3.64 (CH₂, m, 7H), 3.62-3.49 (CH₂,m, 1H), 3.44-3.29 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.45 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH₃,d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.54, 163.10, 160.45, 160.13, 159.45,148.10, 137.82, 134.76, 125.17, 112.16, 108.45, 104.59, 71.44, 71.06,67.41, 67.07, 52.98, 47.05, 44.56, 36.46, 14.84 and 14.75.

NMR Data for Example 1ag

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.59 (ArH, dd, J=7.33, 2.43 Hz, 1H), 8.40(ArH, ddd, J=8.53, 5.03, 2.47 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz, 1H),7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.10 (ArH, m, 1H), 4.84 (CH, dd,J=3.67, 2.96 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (CH, d, J=12.77 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (CH₂, d, J=6.83Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.89 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.86-3.77 (CH₂, m, 4H), 3.75-3.65 (CH₂,m, 5H), 3.67-3.32 (CH₂, m, 3H), 3.57-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.36-3.26 (CH₂,m, 1H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.26, 164.26, 162.74, 160.29, 159.93,135.52, 135.11, 133.47, 133.34, 130.89, 116.84, 116.51, 113.11, 105.11,71.26, 70.91, 67.11, 66.91, 62.20, 52.79, 47.02, 44.46, 43.02, 39.36,14.77 and 14.37.

NMR Data for Example 1aq

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.61 (ArH, t, J=1.46, 1.46 Hz, 1H), 8.33(ArH, d, J=7.84 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (ArH, d, J=8.37 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (ArH, s,1H), 7.62 (ArH, d, J=7.84 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (ArH, d, J=8.38 Hz, 1H), 5.30(CH₂, s, 1H), 4.97-4.84 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.64-4.52 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.45-4.34(CH₂, m, 1H), 4.06-3.94 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.93-3.64 (CH₂, m, 8H), 3.61-3.51(CH₂, m, 1H), 3.45-3.30 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.19 (CH₂, d, J=4.84 Hz, 2H), 1.49(CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 160.22, 140.70, 140.01, 134.25, 131.82,129.24, 128.02, 126.34, 113.12, 105.41, 104.65, 71.23, 70.87, 66.88,61.03, 52.85, 47.04, 45.34, 44.42, 39.35, 14.78 and 14.38.

NMR Data for Example 1ar

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.81-8.73 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.14-7.99 (ArH, m,3H), 7.48 (ArH, d, J=8.35 Hz, 1H), 5.02-4.89 (CH, m, 1H), 4.69-4.59(CH₂, m, 1H), 4.41 (CH, d, J=6.84 Hz, 1H), 4.08-3.96 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.82(H2, dddd, J=19.69, 14.05, 6.26, 3.77 Hz, 7H), 3.65-3.53 (CH₂, m, 1H),3.48-3.31 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.51 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (CH₃, d,J=6.83 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.29, 162.96, 160.03, 159.82, 150.36,145.80, 135.20, 121.83, 113.02, 105.93, 71.24, 70.87, 67.21, 66.87,52.88, 46.99, 44.45, 39.35, 14.76 and 14.41.

NMR Data for Example 1as

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, t, J=1.54, 1.54 Hz, 1H), 8.29(ArH, dd, J=6.60, 1.28 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (ArH, d, J=8.41 Hz, 1H), 8.03-7.98(ArH, m, 2H), 7.62-7.49 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.98-4.89 (CH, m, br, 1H),4.67-4.59 (CH, m, br, 1H), 4.41 (CH, d, J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.66 (CH₂,m, 10H), 3.64-3.34 (CH₂, m, 3H), 1.75 (s, 1.5H), 1.50 (CH₃, d, J=6.78Hz, 3H), 1.38 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 168.86, 165.34, 162.90, 161.21, 160.01,138 97, 135.00, 133.74, 131.09, 129.23, 128.98, 126.52, 113.20, 105.20,100.00, 71.23, 70.89, 67.22, 66.90, 52.82, 46.97, 44.45, 39.34, 14.75and 14.36

NMR Data for Example 1at

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.06 (ArH, d, J=2.05 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (ArH,d, J=8.41 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.79 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.46-7.33 (ArH, m, 3H), 7.23(NH, s, 1H), 4.83 (CH, dd, J=3.58, 2.50 Hz, 1H), 4.56-4.46 (CH, m, 1H),4.32 (CH, d, J=6.74 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.89 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.88-3.77 (CH₂, m,2H), 3.76-3.58 (CH₂, m, 5H), 3.49 (CH₂, dt, J=11.76, 11.38, 2.76 Hz,1H), 3.35-3.20 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.89 (SCH₃, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78Hz, 3H), 1.27 (CH₃, d, J=5.25, Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.32, 162.87, 161.30, 159.96, 140.41,137.57, 135.01, 129.92, 124.55, 122.25, 120.57, 113.32, 105.24, 71.25,70.90, 67.22, 66.91, 52.86, 46.99, 44.42, 39.40, 31.60, 22.66, 14.77 and14.12.

NMR Data for Example 1ax

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.88 (ArH, t, J=1.52, 1.52 Hz, 1H),8.32-8.25 (ArH, m, 1H), 8.13-8.06 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz,1H), 7.53-7.39 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.90-4.80 (CH, m, 1H), 4.58-4.48 (CH, m,1H), 4.33 (CH, d, J=6.90 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.65 (CH₂, +OH m, 8H), 3.64 (CH₂,d, J=2.85 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.45 (CH, m, 1H), 3.31 (CH, d, J=3.67 Hz, 1H),1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.79 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 169.20, 165.22, 161.32, 159.85, 139.91,135.01, 131.39, 129.70, 128.71, 113.31, 70.90, 67.10, 52.80, 47.07,44.42, 39.36, 14.77 and 14.37.

NMR Data for Example 1az

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.04-7.95 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.87 (ArH, d,J=8.54 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (ArH, d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H), 6.71-6.64 (ArH, m, 2H),4.92-4.81 (CH, m, 1H), 4.57 (CH, d, br, 1H), 4.29 (CH₂, d, J=7.10 Hz,1H), 3.91 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.82-3.58 (CH₂+NH₂, m, 9H), 3.48 (CH₂, dd,J=11.36, 2.76 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (CH₂, dd, J=13.48, 3.61 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (CH₃,d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.28, 162.18, 148.68, 135.36, 129.54,119.67, 114.75, 112.63, 104.43, 104.00, 71.29, 70.94, 67.27, 67.12,66.95, 52.78, 44.45, 39.15, 14.74 and 14.37.

NMR Data for Example 1ba

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.69 (ArH, t, J=1.58, 1.58 Hz, 1H),8.44-8.33 (ArH, m, 1H), 8.11-8.03 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz,1H), 7.57-7.38 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.87 (CH₂, dd, J=4.84, 0.43 Hz, 1H), 4.57(CH, d, J=12.80 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (CH₂, t, J=6.72, 6.72 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (CH₂,dd, J=11.15, 3.26 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (OCH₃, d, J=6.23 Hz, 3H), 3.83-3.62(CH₂, m, 7H), 3.57-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.39-3.24 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.42 (CH₃,d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 166.92, 165.41, 162.93, 161.43, 161.01,139.13, 134.91, 132.51, 130.87, 130.57, 128.87, 113.26, 105.16, 71.29,70.91, 67.25, 66.91, 52.86, 52.18, 46.96, 44.45, 14.77 and 14.37.

NMR Data for Example 1bc

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.37 (ArH, dd, J=7.40, 2.26 Hz, 1H), 8.20(ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.05 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.62 (ArH, d, J=8.51Hz, 1H), 7.29 (ArH, dd, J=9.77, 8.71 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (CH, t, J=5.76, 5.76Hz, 1H), 4.77 (CH, dd, J=6.57, 1.98 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (CH₂OH, d, J=5.67 Hz,2H), 4.51-4.37 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.98-3.83 (CH₂, m, 3H), 3.80-3.70 (CH₂, m,2H), 3.69-3.56 (CH₂, m, 4H), 3.45 (CH₂, dt, J=11.86, 11.77, 2.75 Hz,1H), 3.30-3.16 (CH₂, m, 3H), 1.38 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH₃, d,J=6.75 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 164.91, 162.60, 160.18, 159.82, 136.10,134.86, 130.19, 129.99, 128.61, 128.27, 128.15, 115.85, 115.57, 113.00,104.80, 70.89, 70.66, 66.84, 66.67, 52.29, 46.76, 44.34, 14.84 and14.34.

NMR Data for Example 1bd

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.63 (ArH, t, J=1.49, 1.49 Hz, 1H), 8.26(ArH, d, J=7.95 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.80 (ArH,m, 1H), 7.62 (ArH, dd, J=14.96, 8.10 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (NH₂, s, 2H), 4.69(CH, dd, J=6.21, 1.34 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (CH₂, d, J=13.74 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.74(CH₂, m, 3H), 3.73-3.46 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.36 (CH₂, dt, J=11.82, 11.71,2.49 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (CH₂, td, J=3.46, 1.69, 1.69 Hz, 1H), 1.30 (CH₃, d,J=6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz) δ ppm 164.85, 162.63, 159.86, 159.49, 145.34, 139.35,136.44, 130.73, 129.98, 127.34, 124.96, 113.18, 105.38, 79.87, 79.43,78.99, 70.89, 70.67, 66.85, 66.67, 52.29, 46.79, 44.37, 14.88 and 14.41.

NMR Data for Example 1bk

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.19 (ArH, dd, J=7.62, 2.22 Hz, 1H), 8.12(ArH, ddd, J=8.54, 5.03, 2.25 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (ArH, d, J=8.41 Hz, 1H),7.38 (ArH, d, J=8.43 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (ArH, m, 1H), 6.83 (NH, s, br,1H), 4.98-4.85 (CH, m, 1H), 4.67-4.55 (CH, m, 1H), 4.36 (CH₂, d, J=6.95Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.93 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.91-3.65 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.53 (CH₂, dd,J=11.40, 2.69 Hz, 1H), 3.44-3.28 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.07 (SCH3, s, 3H), 1.47(CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.45, 162.93, 160.61, 160.12, 157.28,153.99, 136.32, 135.15, 123.51, 116.31, 116.05, 113.26, 105.18, 71.39,71.01, 67.36, 67.01, 53.00, 47.07, 44.51, 39.44, 31.71, 22.77 14.86, and14.95.

Compounds were also synthesized according to the following procedures:

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy-benzamideExample 1cw

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy-benzonitrile(1 equiv) was added portionwise to concentrated H₂SO₄ (0.1 M substratein acid). The reaction was heated to 90° C. and maintained at thistemperature until all starting material had dissolved to give a brightred solution. The mixture was cooled and water (2 reaction volumes)added dropwise, then the solution was neutralized by careful addition ofsolid NaOH until pH 4-5 was attained. The mixture was cooled andneutralised by addition of 2N NaOH and then extracted using EtOAc (2×10reaction volumes). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filteredand concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified byflash chromatography (SiO₂) using MeOH/DCM—0:100 going to 5:95 as eluentto give the desire product as a yellow powder.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy-benzamide:(53% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 507.5 [M+H]⁻, R/T=3.01 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxy-benzamideExample 1cx

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy-benzonitrile(1 equiv) was added portionwise to concentrated H₂SO₄ (0.1 M substratein acid). The reaction was heated to 90° C. and maintained at thistemperature until all starting material had dissolved to give a brightred solution. The mixture was cooled and water (2 reaction volumes)added dropwise, then the solution was neutralized by careful addition ofsolid NaOH until pH 4-5 was attained. The mixture was cooled andneutralised by addition of 2N NaOH and then extracted using EtOAc (2×10reaction volumes). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filteredand concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified byflash chromatography (SiO₂) using MeOH/DCM—0:100 going to 5:95 as eluentto give the desire product as a yellow powder.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxy-benzamide:(44% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 465.4 [M+H]⁻, R/T=2.70 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylicacid amide Example 1cy

Synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrilewas carried out as follows:—

To the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3equiv) and the appropriate boronic acid or pinacolate boron ester (1.1equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) whichwere dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.17 M of chloro-substrate).The mixture was degassed with nitrogen, sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 15 minutes. Themixture was concentrated in vacuo and then suspended in t-butylmethylether, filtered and dried to give the desired product.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile:(84% yield, 93% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 191.3 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.29 min)

To a suspension of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile(1 equiv) in concentrated H₂SO₄. The mixture was heated to 90° C. untila pale brown solution formed. The mixture was allowed to cool and thenbasified with 50% w/w NaOH solution. The aqueous mixture was extractedusing EtOAc (3×2 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions weredried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellowsolid which was triturated with EtOAc to give the desire product.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylicacid amide: 93% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 450.4 [M+H]⁺,R/T=3.72 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamineExample 1cz

To a 1.2 M solution of compound 1au (1 equiv) in THF was added hydrazinehydrate (9 reaction volumes). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposedto microwave radiation (115° C., medium absorption setting) for 2 hours.Upon completion, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×1reaction volume). The organic fractions were combined, dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product insuitably clean form for use in subsequent reactions.

{4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-hydrazine7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-1-one:(77% yield, 84% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 437.4 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.23 min)

A 0.12 M solution of{4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-hydrazine7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-1-one (1equiv) in EtOH was added to a glass lined autoclave which containedactivated Ra—Ni. The reaction was maintained under 5 bar H₂ for 30hours. Upon completion, the mixture was filtered through a pad ofCelite™ and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The resulting cruderesidue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using5:95-0.1% TFA/MeCN:0.1% TFA/H₂O as eluent to give the desire product asa yellow powder.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine:(70% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 422 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.25 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzamideExample 1da

To the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5equiv) and the appropriate boronic acid or pinacolate boron ester (1.1equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) whichwere dissolved in MeCN/H₂O (0.03 M of chloro-substrate). The mixture wasdegassed with nitrogen, sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110°C., medium absorption setting) for 25 minutes. The mixture filtered andthe precipitate collected, and recrystallised from MeCN/H₂O to give thedesired product.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile:(49% yield, 87% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.93 min)

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile(1 equiv) was dissolved concentrated sulfuric acid (0.15 M substrate inacid). The reaction was heated rapidly to 90° C. for 5 minutes beforecooling the mixture and quenched, carefully, with solid NaOH until thesolution was basic. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc/nBuOH (2×1reaction volume—1:1 ratio). The organic extracts were combined, dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which wasfurther purified using flash chromatography (SiO₂) with TBME going toTBME/MeOH (95:5) as eluent, the give the title compound as a yellowsolid.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzamideSynthesis: (71% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 467 [M+H]⁺,R/T=2.60 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneExample 1db

To a 0.2 M solution of compound 1ah (1 equiv) in DMA was added a 1.6 Maqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (5 equiv). The reaction vessel wassealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110° C., medium absorptionsetting) for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was suspended in water and sonicated to give a turbidsolution, washed with TBME then cooled and neutralised with 2M HCl,forming a yellow precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and washedwith water and TBME and dried to give the desired product.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-pyridin-2-one:(69% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 423 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.60 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneExample 1dc

To the compound 1ah (1 equiv) was added a solution of 40% methylamine inmethanol (100 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed tomicrowave radiation (115° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes.The solution was concentrated in vacuo to yield a yellow solid. Thecrude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desiredproduct.

{5-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl-amine:(61% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 436 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.34 min)

NMR Data for Example 1dc

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃, δ ppm 8.69 (ArH, d, J=2.06 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (ArH,dd, J=9.02, 2.32 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (ArH, d,J=8.48 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (ArH, d, J=9.03 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (NH, s, br, 1H), 4.90(CH₂, dd, J=5.85, 0.41 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (CH₂, d, J=12.53 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.29(CH₂, m, 1H), 4.05-3.93 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.90-3.62 (CH₂, m, 8H), 3.62-3.50(CH₂, m, 1H), 3.43-3.31 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.00 (NCH₃, s, 3H), 1.47 (CH₃, d,J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 167.59, 165.30, 162.90, 159.99, 158.84,144.22, 139.19, 134.85, 123.35, 111.65, 106.51, 104.57, 71.28, 70.91,67.24, 66.92, 52.83, 46.96, 44.42, 39.34, 29.05, 14.73 and 14.34.

Procedure for the synthesis of{5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-dimethyl-amineExample 1dd

To a solution of compound 1ah (1 equiv) in THF (0.05 M) was added asolution of 33% dimethylamine in ethanol (200 equiv). The reactionvessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 40 minutes. The solution was concentrated invacuo to yield a yellow solid. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

{5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-dimethyl-amine:(54% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 450 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.52 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of8-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-5-oneExample 1de

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5equiv), 3-methoxy-4-methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid, pinacol ester(1.1 equiv) were suspended in (1:1) acetonitrile/water (0.1 M ofchloro-substrate). The mixture was sonicated and degassed for 15 minuteswith nitrogen. Tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.05 equiv) was then addedand the mixture was sonicated for a further 5 minutes with nitrogen. Themixture was heated to 100° C. for 3 hours under nitrogen. The reactionwas cooled and the insoluble residue was filtered off.

The filtrate was concentrated to half the original volume and theremaining water mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organic layerswere washed with water and brine, combined and dried with magnesiumsulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield an oil which waspurified by flash column chromatography eluting with 50% to 100%EtOAc/Hexane.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid methyl ester: (67% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 494[M+H]⁺, R/T=2.86 min)

A solution of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid methyl ester (1 equiv) in ethylenediamine (0.35 M) was stirred atroom temperature for 24 hours. DMA was added to the solution(ethylenediamine/DMA 1:1.25). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposedto microwave radiation (180° C., medium absorption setting) for 1 hour.The reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with waterand washed with brine. The organic layer was dried with magnesiumsulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield a yellow solidwhich was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.

8-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-5-one:(49% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 490 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.52 min)

NMR Data for Example 1de

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.65 (NH, s, br, 1H), 8.01 (ArH, d, J=8.38Hz, 1H), 7.78 (ArH, s, 1H), 7.68 (ArH, s, 1H), 7.44 (ArH, dd, J=18.50,8.20 Hz, 2H), 4.93-4.77 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.50 (CH₂, s, 1H), 4.46-4.32 (CH₂,m, 1H), 4.05-3.61 (CH₂, m, 14H), 3.53 (CH₂, d, J=2.04 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.26(CH₂, m, 1H), 1.47 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz,3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.11, 165.07, 165.00, 163.41, 162.64,161.07, 159.90, 144.87, 135.18, 129.50, 118.02, 116.80, 113.87, 109.20,105.45, 71.20, 70.89, 67.14, 66.89, 52.77, 47.04, 44.76, 44.40, 39.33,14.78 and 13.32.

Procedure for the synthesis of7-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-5-oneExample 1 df

A solution of the compound 1bg (1 equiv) in ethylenediamine (0.35 M) wasstirred at room temperature for 24 hours. DMA was added to the solution(ethylenediamine/DMA 1:1.25). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposedto microwave radiation (180° C., medium absorption setting) for 1 hour.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted withwater. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to yield a residue which was then purified byflash column chromatography eluting with 0% to 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂.

8-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-5-one:(40% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 490 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.49 min)

NMR Data for Example 1df

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.60 (ArH, d, J=2.23 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.83(ArH, m, 2H), 7.34 (ArH, d, J=8.56 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (ArH, d, J=8.97 Hz,1H), 4.82-4.71 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.47 (CH₂, dd, J=7.28, 6.58 Hz, 1H), 4.30(CH₂, d, J=6.93 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.55 (CH₂, m, 13H), 3.55-3.42 (CH₂, m,1H), 3.35-3.21 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.40 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH₃, d,J=6.80 Hz, 3H).

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamideExample 1dg

To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) in THF(0.1 M) was added dropwise thionyl chloride (5 equiv) at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended indry THF (0.04 M) and ammonia gas was slowly bubbled into the reactionmixture for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was dissolved in minimum CH₂Cl₂ and hexane was added to givea white precipitate that was collected by vacuum filtration in suitablyclean form for use in subsequent reactions.

5-Bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide: (45% yield, 73% purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP): 266/268 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.42 min)

To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide (1 equiv) in dioxan(0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate(3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassedwith nitrogen for 15 minutes. PdCl₂(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added to thereaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5 minutes. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 12 hours under nitrogen. Thereaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueouslayer was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases werewashed with water, dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to give the desired product for use in subsequentreactions

2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide:(71% yield, crude taken forward without further analysis)

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv),2-difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide(1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 100° C.for 4 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitionedbetween water and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organicphases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentratedin vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired product.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide:(14% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 515 [M+H]⁺, R/T=7.40 min

Procedure for the synthesis of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamideExample 1dh

To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) in DMF(0.1 M) was added triethylamine (4 equiv). The reaction mixture wascooled to 0° C. and HBTU (1.2 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture wasallowed to reach room temperature over 1 hour and methylaminehydrochloride (2 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitionedbetween EtOAc and water and the aqueous phase was further extracted withEtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried withmagnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under in vacuo to give thedesired product in suitably clean form for use in subsequent reactions.

5-Bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamide: (100% yield, 75% purity)m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 280/282 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.55 min)

2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamidewas prepared in a similar way as2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamideusing 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamide as the startingmaterial.

2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide:(100% yield, crude taken forward without further analysis)

A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv),2-difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide(1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 100° C.for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitionedbetween water and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organicphases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentratedin vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired product.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamide:(53% yield, 87% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 421 [M+H]⁺, R/T=4.06 min)

Procedure for the synthesis of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzamideExample 1di

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid methyl ester (1 equiv) was dissolved in methanol (0.2 M). 1 MSodium hydroxide aqueous solution (5.0 equiv) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Upon completion thereaction mixture was neutralised with 1 M aqueous HCl and concentratedin vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography onsilica gel eluting with 0to 10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desiredproduct.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid: (100% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 480 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.69min

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.05 M). Thionyl chloride was addeddropwise at 40° C. The reaction mixture was then heated for an hour at40° C. Ammonia gas was then slowly bubbled into the reaction mixture.THF was then added for further dilution (0.025 M) and the reactionmixture was heated for an hour at 40° C. Upon completion the reactionmixture was cooled down and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspartitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous phase was extractedwith CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to givethe desired product.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzamide:(88% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.92 min)

NMR Data for Example 1di

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.30 (ArH, d, J=8.17 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (ArH,dd, J=6.21, 4.98 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (NH, br, s, 1H), 7.67 (ArH, dd, J=8.21,1.49 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (ArH, d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (NH, s, br, 1H),4.98-4.85 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.61 (CH₂, d, J=12.90 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (CH₂, d,J=6.89 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 4.05-3.64 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.64-3.51(CH₂, m, 1H), 3.41 (CH₂, dd, J=13.34, 3.62 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (CH₃, d, J=6.79Hz, 3H), 1.36 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 166.78, 165.32, 162.81, 160.99, 160.02,158.15, 143.57, 134.98, 132.76, 121.80, 120.15, 113.62, 111.30, 105.44,71.27, 70.89, 67.23, 66.90, 56.42, 52.88, 47.01, 44.41, 39.36, 14.77 and14.40.

Procedure for the synthesis of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl-benzamideExample 1dj

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoicacid (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.1 M) and HBTU (1.5 equiv) wasadded. Methylamine in THF (15 equiv) was added dropwise followed bytriethylamine (1.5 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous phasewas extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl-benzamide:(56% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 493 [M+H]⁺, R/T=4.00 min)

NMR Data for Example 1dj

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.26 (ArH, d, J=8.16 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (ArH,dd, J=8.74, 4.91 Hz, 2H), 7.91-7.81 (NH, m, br, 1H), 7.60 (ArH, dd,J=8.21, 1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ArH, d, J=8.45 Hz, 1H), 4.93-4.81 (CH₂, m,1H), 4.62-4.51 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.39-4.28 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.07 (OCH₃, s, 3H),4.00-3.58 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.57-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.40-3.27 (CH₂, m, 1H),2.99 (NHCH₃, d, J=4.82 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (CH₃,d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H).

Procedure for the synthesis of2-methoxy-N-methyl-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamideExample 1 dk

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.0 equiv), and2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acidmethyl ester (1.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.028 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 20% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂to give the desired product.

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid: (91% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 466.4 [M+H]⁺, R/T=2.68min)

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M) and DIPEA (8 equiv) wasadded. HBTU (1.2 equiv) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture wasstirred for 30 minutes. Methylamine hydrochloride (5 equiv) was addedand the reaction mixture was stirred 0° C. for 30 minutes and at roomtemperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethylacetate. Combined organic phases were washed with water and brine, dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography to give the desired product.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl-benzamide:(73% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479.2 [M+H]⁺, R/T=3.97 min)

NMR Data for Example 1dk

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.71 (ArH, d, J=2.45 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (ArH,dd, J=8.75, 2.48 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (ArH, d, J=8.52 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (NH, s, br,1H), 7.51 (ArH, d, J=8.56 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (ArH, d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 4.39(CH₂, d, J=6.69 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.95-3.77 (CH₂, m, 7H),3.76-3.58 (CH₂, m, 7H), 2.98 (NCH₃, d, J=4.81 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃, d,J=6.78 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.74, 164.71, 161.22, 160.99, 159.11,159.04, 135.09, 132.93, 131.23, 131.16, 121.32, 119.02, 113.63, 111.84,104.61, 70.90, 66.90, 56.27, 52.70, 44.70, 44.48, 26.70 and 14.85.

Procedure for the synthesis of6-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-indazol-3-ylamineExample 1dl

To a mixture of7-chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine(1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), and4-cyano-3-fluorophenylboronic acid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water(1:1) (0.03 M of chloro-substrate) was addedtetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv). The reactionvessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 25 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Uponcompletion the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, which wasin suitably pure form to be used with no further purification.

4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile:(49% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449.2 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.93 min

To a 0.2 M solution of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile(1 equiv) in n-BuOH was added 0.2 reaction volumes of hydrazine hydrate.A reflux condenser was attached to the mixture which was then heated to140° C. for 2 hours whereupon it was cooled, and concentrated in vacuoto give an orange residue which was purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂) using Et₂O:MeOH—94:6 as eluent which allowed a yellow solid whichwas then recrystallised from CH₂Cl₂/Hexanes to furnish the titlecompound as a yellow solid.

6-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-indazol-3-ylamine:(90% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 461.2 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.77 min

NMR Data for Example 1dl

(¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 11.6 (1H, s, formate), 8.31-8.01 (ArH,m, 2H), 7.74 (ArH, ddd, J=18.90, 15.23, 8.49 Hz, 3H), 5.42 (NH₂, s, 2H),4.88-4.70 (NH, m, 1H), 4.44 (CH₂, d, J=10.93 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (CH₂, m, 3H),3.81-3.54 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.46 (CH₂, dt, J=11.82, 11.67, 2.52 Hz, 1H),3.38-3.13 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.51 (CH, td, J=3.52, 1.73, 1.73 Hz, 1H), 1.38(CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH₃, d, J=6.79 Hz, 3H).

13C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃) δ ppm 164.43, 162.05, 161.20, 159.29, 149.19,141.79, 136.12, 135.32, 120.42, 116.81, 114.78, 113.13, 108.47, 104.30,70.39, 70.15, 66.34, 66.15, 51.81, 46.24, 43.81, 30.89, 22.0, 14.31 and13.89.

Procedure for the synthesis ofN-{4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-acetamideExample 1dm

To a 0.1 M solution of4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine(example 1cz) (1 equiv) in pyridine was added acetic anhydride (3equiv). A reflux condenser was attached to the reaction vessel which wasthen heated to 70° C. for 2 days. Upon completion, the reaction waspurified, in its crude for by preparative HPLC to give the titlecompound as a white solid.

N-{4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-acetamide:(95% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 464.1 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.77 min

NMR Data for Example 1dm

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.70 (NH, s, 1H), 8.37-8.29 (ArH, m, 2H),8.01 (ArH, d, J=8.36 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (ArH, dd, J=5.26, 1.54 Hz, 1H), 7.49(ArH, d, J=8.39 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (CH₂, ddd, J=2.90, 1.56, 0.64 Hz, 1H),4.56 (CH₂, d, J=13.43 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (CH₂, d, J=6.86 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.58(CH₂, m, 10H), 3.57-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.39-3.25 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.19(CH₃, s, 3H), 1.43 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 168.79, 165.32, 162.82, 160.00, 159.87,151.94, 148.64, 148.15, 135.18, 118.86, 113.66, 111.94, 106.03, 71.27,70.89, 67.23, 66.89, 52.89, 46.98, 44.46, 39.35, 24.81, 14.77 and 14.41.

Procedure for the Synthesis of Examples 1dn to 1dp

The appropriate 7-chloropyridopyrimidine was reacted with2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acidmethyl ester according to conditions E to give2-methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid methyl ester as the desired product (1 equiv) which was thendiluted in MeOH to give a 0.03M solution. NaOH (5 equiv of 1 M solution)was then added and the resultant mixture stirred at room temperature for5 days. After this time the reaction was filtered and neutralized with 1M HCl before being concentrated in vacuo to give a crude yellow residuewhich was diluted in CH₂Cl₂. The mixture was filtered and the resultingfiltrate concentrated to give the desired product as an oil.

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid: (99% yield, 95% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 482.2[M+H]⁺ R/T=2.78 min

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid: (88% yield, 96% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479.5[M+H]⁺ R/T=2.26 min

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoicacid: (91% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 466.4 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.68min

To a warmed (40° C.) 0.06 M solution of the appropriate benzoic acidderivative(1 equiv) in anhydrous THF was added thionyl chloride (2.5equiv) in a dropwise fashion. The reaction was maintained at thistemperature and stirred for a further 1 hour. After this time themixture was evaporated to give a brown oil, which was diluted in dry THF(sufficient to make 0.06 M solution) before ammonia gas was bubblethrough the mixture, which was accompanied by an exotherm. Uponcompletion, addition of ammonia was stopped and the mixture concentratedin vacuo to give a yellow oily residue which was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (1reaction volume) and washed with water (2×1 reaction volume). Theorganic extract was removed, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound.

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide:(30% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 481.1[M+H]⁺ R/T=4.02 min

NMR Data for Example 1dn

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.83 (ArH, d, J=2.46 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (ArH,dd, J=8.75, 2.48 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (NH, d,J=0.76 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (ArH, d, J=8.82 Hz,1H), 5.88 (NH, d, J=0.98 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.23 (CH₂, m, 4), 4.05 (CH₃O, s,3H), 4.03-3.94 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.85 (CH₂, ddd, J=14.51, 8.58, 5.82 Hz,2H), 3.78-3.62 (CH₂, m, 3H), 2.75-2.65 (CH₂, m, 3H), 1.46 (CH₃, d,J=6.76 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 166.60, 165.41, 162.87, 161.09, 159.89,159.23, 134.73, 133.71, 131.82, 131.68, 120.56, 113.16, 111.89, 104.63,70.95, 66.91, 56.29, 52.81, 46.70, 44.54, 27.45 and 14.70.

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide:(12% yield, 98% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 481.1[M+H]⁺ R/T=43.28 min

NMR Data for Example 1do

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.78 (ArH, d, J=2.48 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (ArH,dd, J=8.76, 2.52 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (NH, s, br, 1H), 7.96 (ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz,1H), 7.68 (NH, s, br, 1H), 7.54 (ArH, d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (ArH, d,J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.28 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.09 (CH₂, s, br, 2H), 4.01(OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.77 (CH₂, ddd, J=36.04, 19.80, 10.87 Hz, 9H), 2.76 (CH₂,t, J=5.05, 5.05 Hz, 4H), 2.47 (NCH₃, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz,3H).

2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide:(61% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 465.4 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.69 min

NMR Data for Example 1dp

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.77 (ArH, d, J=2.44 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (ArH,dd, J=8.76, 2.47 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (ArH, d, J=8.48 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (H, s, br,1H), 7.51 (ArH, d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (ArH, d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 5.91(NH, s, br, 1H), 4.32 (CH₂, d, J=6.79 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (OCH₃, s, 3H),3.95-3.86 (CH₂, m, 5H), 3.84-3.55 (CH₂, m, 9H), 1.40 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz,3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 166.63, 165.31, 162.78, 160.96, 160.31,159.29, 134.76, 133.68, 131.69, 131.60, 120.56, 113.09, 111.88, 104.76,70.94, 67.04, 66.91, 56.28, 52.76, 44.58, 44.45 and 14.75.

Procedure for the Synthesis of Example 1dq

To a (0.1 M) solution of example 1at (1 equiv) in CHCl₃ was added m-CPBA(5.5 equiv). A reflux condenser was added to the apparatus and themixture heated to 60° C. for 17 hours. After this time the reaction wasconcentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (SIO₂) usingCH₂Cl₂:MeOH—95:5 as eluent to furnish the desired product.

N-{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-8-oxy-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl}-methanesulfonamide:(39% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 515.5[M+H]⁺ R/T 2.95 min.

NMR Data for Example 1dq

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 10.04 (NH, s, br, 1H), 8.42 (ArH, s, 1H),7.55-7.25 (ArH, m, 4H), 6.96 (ArH, d, J=8.67 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (CH₂, s, br,1H), 4.51 (CH₂, s, br, 1H), 4.31 (CH₂, d, J=6.71 Hz, 1H), 4.00-3.51(CH₂, m, 9H), 3.49-3.34 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.24 (CH₂, dd, J=13.22, 3.30 Hz,1H), 2.80 (SCH₃, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 1.19 (CH₃, d,J=6.69 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.58, 159.69, 158.28, 149.96, 138.59,134.47, 129.53, 125.86, 123.35, 123.30, 116.17, 107.52, 71.33, 71.11,67.32, 67.10, 53.39, 47.62, 44.87, 39.79, 38.68, 31.90, 22.97 and 15.16.

Procedure for the Synthesis of Example 1dr

7-Chloro-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinewas couple with 3-nitrobenzoic acid using Suzuki conditions D to givethe desire product as a yellow powder.

2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(90% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 451.6[M+H]⁺ R/T=3.41 min

To a 0.1M solution of2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-(3-nitro-phenyl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine(1 equiv) in EtOH/H₂O—1:1 was added ammonium chloride (8 equiv) and ironpowder (8 equiv). The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 1 hourbefore cooling and filtering through a thin Celite™ pad. The cake waswashed with EtOH (1 reaction volume). The filtrate was concentrated invacuo and then partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂ (1 reaction volumeof each). The organic phase was removed, dried (MgSO₄), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo and then purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂)using MeOH:CH₂Cl₂ (0:100-5:95-10-90) as eluent to give the titlecompound as a yellow solid.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylamine:(88% yield, 98% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 421.1[M+H]⁺ R/T=3.76 min

NMR Data for Example 1dr

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 7.93 (ArH, d, J=8.45 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.55(ArH, m, 1H), 7.41-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.20 (ArH, d, J=7.32 Hz, 2H), 6.71(ArH, ddd, J=7.88, 2.40, 0.86 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (ArH, dd, J=3.54, 1.66 Hz,1H), 4.57 (NH, d, J=13.25 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (NH, s, br, 1H), 3.98-3.56 (CH₂,m, 1H), 3.56-3.44 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.37-3.24 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.40 (CH₃, d,J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.46, 162.87, 162.60, 159.96, 146.80,139.75, 134.48, 129.35, 117.99, 116.69, 114.74, 113.48, 104.92, 71.32,70.93, 67.28, 66.94, 52.80, 46.90, 44.49, 39.33, 14.71 and 14.33.

Procedure for the Synthesis of Example 1ds

To a 0.3M solution of5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile(example 1av) (1 equiv) in EtOH was added hydrazine hydrate (5 equiv).The mixture was refluxed for 90 minutes whereupon it was cooled andpartitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and water (1 reaction volume of each). Theorganic extract was removed. The aqueous phase was further extractedwith CH₂Cl₂ (2×1 reaction volume). The combined organic extracts werethen dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellowslurry which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) usingEtOAC/Hexanes as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow powder.

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-1H-indazol-3-ylamine:(52% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 461.6[M+H]⁺ R/T=2.85 min

NMR Data for Example 1ds

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.52 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.06 (ArH, dd, J=8.84,1.50 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (ArH, d, J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz,1H), 7.29 (ArH, d, J=8.79 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (CH₂, dd, J=3.99, 1.99 Hz, 1H),4.60 (CH₂, s, br, 1H), 4.32 (CH₂, d, J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.58 (CH₂, m,9H), 3.51 (CH₂, dt, J=11.78, 11.46, 2.71 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.25 (CH₂, m,1H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H) (NH'snot clearly seen)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.43, 162.97, 162.33, 160.01, 142.86,134.62, 130.11, 127.06, 120.17, 115.21, 112.98, 109.71, 104.51, 71.32,70.94, 67.28, 66.95, 52.80, 46.95, 44.48, 39.36, 27.01, 14.79 and 14.33.

Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 1dt 96 3.96 461.2 U

1du 97 4.10 513.1 I

1dv 99 4.04 495.0 J

1dw 98 3.70 504.1 V

1dx 99 3.79 474.1 I

1dy 99 3.79 474.1 W

1dz 99 4.06 499.2 D

1ea 99 4.16 451.2 D

1eb 98 3.96 446.2 P

1ec 99 7.55 466.2 J

1ed 98 3.86 461.2 D

1ee 98 4.04 485.2 D

Note: The following examples were synthesized from the correspondingboronic acids: 1du, 1dv, 1dz and 1ee. The following examples weresynthesized from the corresponding pinacolate boron esters: 1dw, 1dx,1ea, 1eb and 1ec. The following Examples were synthesized from a mixtureof the corresponding boronic acids and pinacolate boron esters: 1dt,1dy, and 1ed.NMR Data for Example 1ec

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.15 (ArH, d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (ArH, d,J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (ArH, d, J=9.24 Hz,1H), 4.91 (CH₂, d, J=5.55 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.61 (CH₂, d,J=12.42 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.34 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.00-3.70 (OCH₃+CH₂, m, 9H),3.69-3.51 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.41-3.31 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.46 (CH₃, d, J=6.69 Hz,3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d, J=6.87 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.42, 162.88, 161.87, 159.95, 159.16,134.54, 131.13, 129.25, 128.89, 128.44, 112.85, 110.27, 104.49, 71.30,70.92, 67.26, 66.93, 61.98, 55.56, 52.78, 46.91, 44.45, 39.32, 14.69 and14.31.

NMR Data for Example 1ed

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.34 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.11 (ArH, d, J=8.02 Hz,1H), 8.00 (ArH, d, J=8.41 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (ArH, d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.43(ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (NH, br, s, 1H), 4.95-4.81 (CH₂, m, 1H),4.57 (CH₂, d, J=13.37 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (NHCH₂, s, 2H), 4.33 (CH₂, d, J=6.68Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.58 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.51 (CH₂, dt, J=11.81, 11.45, 2.72 Hz,1H), 3.31 (CH₂, dt, J=12.91, 12.52, 3.57 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 171.32, 165.36, 162.94, 161.42, 160.04,144.06, 142.31, 135.01, 133.20, 127.63, 123.83, 123.08, 113.49, 105.35,71.27, 70.91, 67.24, 66.91, 52.85, 6.96, 45.70, 44.48, 39.35, 14.76 and14.39.

NMR Data for Example 1ef

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.08 (ArH, d, J=1.95 Hz, 1H), 8.01-7.94(ArH, m, 1H), 7.82 (ArH, td, J=6.63, 1.80, 1.80 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (NH, br,s, 1H), 7.39 (ArH, dd, J=12.99, 5.20 Hz, 3H), 4.34 (CH₂, q, J=6.63,6.56, 6.56 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.76 (CH₂, m, 7H), 3.75-3.57 (CH₂, m, 7H), 2.87(SO₂CH₃, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.21, 162.77, 161.34, 160.28, 140.30,137.69, 135.07, 129.91, 124.53, 122.37, 120.57, 113.44, 105.22, 70.91,66.97, 66.89, 52.84, 44.58, 44.39, 39.32 and 14.79.

NMR Data for Example 1dz

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.11-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.96 (ArH, d,J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.31 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.85(CH₂, d, J=5.45 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (CH₂, d, J=12.83 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (CH₂, d,J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.57 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.50 (CH₂, dt, J=11.75, 11.35,2.73 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.24 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.95 (SO₂CH₃, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH₃,d, J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H) (NH not seen).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.36, 162.93, 161.33, 160.00, 138.73,135.29, 134.86, 129.34, 119.66, 112.95, 104.90, 71.27, 70.92, 67.24,66.93, 52.82, 46.97, 44.45, 39.58, 33.35, 14.75 and 14.36.

NMR Data for Example 1ea

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 7.87 (ArH, d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (ArH, d,J=1.80 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (ArH, dd, J=8.17, 1.85 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ArH, d,J=8.57 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (ArH, d, J=8.14 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (CH₂, d, J=5.96 Hz,1H), 4.62-4.52 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.28 (CH₂, d, J=6.77 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (NH₂, s,br, 2H), 3.95 (d, J=6.54 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (CH₃, s, 3H), 3.92-3.57 (CH₂, m,9H), 3.55-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.38-3.25 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.39 (CH₃, d,J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.48, 162.91, 162.45, 159.98, 147.22,138.70, 134.14, 128.92, 121.24, 113.97, 112.74, 110.15, 104.11, 71.35,70.95, 67.32, 66.96, 55.83, 52.79, 46.89, 44.44, 39.31, 31.60, 22.66 and14.30.

NMR Data for Example 1eb

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃COCD₃ δ ppm 11.83 (ArH, s, 1H), 9.06 (ArH, d, J=2.07Hz, 1H), 8.75 (ArH, d, J=2.09 Hz, 1H), 8.30-8.10 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.72(ArH, d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (ArH, s, 1H), 6.59 (NH, s, 1H), 4.77 (CH₂,dd, J=6.66, 1.89 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.34 (CH₂, m, 2H), 4.03-3.83 (CH₂, m,3H), 3.81-3.55 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.54-3.38 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.23 (CH₂, dd,J=13.19, 3.46 Hz, 1H), 1.37 (CH₃, d, J=6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH₃, d,J=6.75 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃COCD₃) δ ppm 165.41, 163.09, 161.32, 160.22, 150.21,143.45, 136.25, 128.14, 128.09, 126.99, 120.44, 113.54, 104.90, 101.82,71.32, 71.09, 67.27, 67.09, 52.78, 47.17, 44.79 and 15.25.

NMR Data for Example 1dy

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 8.40 (ArH, d, J=1.37 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (ArH,dd, J=8.38, 1.63 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (ArH, d, J=8.45 Hz, 2H), 8.17 (ArH, s,1H), 7.79 (ArH, d, J=8.48 Hz, 1H), 4.84-4.73 (CH, m, 1H), 4.45 (CH₂, d,J=13.67 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.84 (CH₂, m, 3H), 3.81-3.57 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.46(CH₂, dt, J=11.84, 11.73, 2.61 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (CH₂, dt, J=13.16, 12.92,3.65 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H)

13C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 164.30, 162.06, 160.45, 159.32, 159.03,149.10, 145.91, 143.53, 135.86, 126.40, 125.73, 125.30, 123.33, 113.30,105.06, 70.35, 70.14, 66.31, 66.14, 51.79, 46.27, 43.81, 30.38, 14.35and 13.89.

NMR Data for Example 1dv

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 8.39 (ArH, dd, J=5.45, 3.65 Hz, 1H),8.23 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.81-7.69 (ArH+NH,m, 2H), 4.77 (CH₂, dd, J=6.52, 2.00 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (CH₂, d, J=13.75 Hz,2H), 3.99-3.83 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.80-3.56 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.52-3.15 (CH₂, m,5H), 2.50 (CH₂, td, J=3.67, 1.83, 1.83 Hz, 2H), 1.38 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz,3H), 1.25 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.19-1.10 (CH₃, m, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 164.80, 163.51, 162.52, 159.84, 158.73,158.27, 142.53, 142.43, 136.38, 131.02, 125.84, 123.52, 123.48, 115.08,114.76, 113.45, 105.57, 70.87, 70.64, 66.83, 66.65, 52.32, 46.79, 44.32,34.59, 15.10, 14.87 and 14.42.

NMR Data for Example 1dy

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 10.52 (NH, s, 1H), 8.19 (ArH, d, J=8.50Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.68 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.61 (ArH, d, J=8.52 Hz, 1H), 7.35(ArH, d, J=7.66 Hz, 1H), 4.84-4.69 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.42 (CH₂, dd, J=7.38,5.30 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (CH₂, dd, J=14.30, 7.97 Hz, 3H), 3.82-3.52 (CH₂, m,8H), 3.45 (CH₂, d, J=2.42 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.15 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.37 (CH₃, d,J=6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃SOCD₃ δ ppm 176.84, 164.89, 162.55, 160.83, 159.82,144.90, 138.19, 135.98, 128.66, 125.02, 120.94, 113.09, 108.05, 104.92,70.90, 70.67, 66.84, 66.67, 52.32, 46.76, 44.30, 36.29, 14.85 and 14.35.

NMR Data for Example 1dt

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.58 (ArH, d, J=7.97 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (ArH, d,J=45.95 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (ArH, dd, J=17.31,8.21 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (ArH, d, J=17.82 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.86 (CH₂, s, br, 1H),4.65-4.39 (CH₂, m, 3H), 4.33 (CH₂, d, J=6.25 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.58 (CH₂, m,8H), 3.49 (CH₂, d, J=11.36 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (CH₂, d, J=2.99 Hz, 1H), 1.41(CH₃, d, J=6.72 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H) (1 proton missing,lots of overlap seen, NH not seen either)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 171.52, 165.39, 162.90, 161.33, 160.01,145.14, 139.06, 135.02, 132.17, 123.57, 122.56, 113.20, 105.21, 71.29,70.92, 67.25, 66.93, 52.78, 46.95, 45.68, 44.51, 39.34, 27.00, 14.74 and14.35.

NMR Data for Example 1du

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.12 (ArH, d, J=8.32 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (ArH, d,J=8.43 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.39 (ArH, m, 3H), 5.08 (CH₂, br, s, 1H), 4.89(CH₂, d, J=4.91 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (CH₂, d, J=12.59 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (CH₂NH, br,s, 2H), 4.22 (NH, br, s, 1H), 4.04-3.64 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.56 (CH₂, dt,J=11.80, 11.45, 2.75 Hz, 1H), 3.44-3.30 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.87 (SO₂CH₃s,3H), 1.48 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 165.16, 163.70, 162.51, 159.71, 138.71,138.33, 134.99, 128.40, 128.15, 113.45, 105.20, 71.23, 70.89, 67.18,66.90, 52.82, 47.07, 46.90, 44.21, 41.25, 39.41, 14.78 and 14.38.

Tested in the Biological Assay: Ex. (1b) 0.00185 μM; Ex. (1c) 0.00184 μMEx. (1d) 0.00245 μM; Ex. (m/z) 0.006865 μM.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (1a) 0.0089 μM; Ex. (1e) 0.0044μM; Ex. (1f) 0.005 μM; Ex. (1g) 0.01 μM; Ex. (1h) 0.0021 μM; Ex. (1i)0.0056 μM; Ex. (1j) 0.035 μM; Ex. (1k) 0.015 μM; Ex. (1l) 0.0057 μM; Ex.(1m) 0.31 μM; Ex. (1n) 0.085 μM; Ex. (1o) 0.14 μM; Ex. (1p) 0.038 μM;Ex. (1q) 0.39 μM; Ex. (1r) 0.23 μM; Ex. (1s) 0.028 μM; Ex. (1t) 0.34 μM;Ex. (1u) 0.015 μM; Ex. (1v) 0.18 μM; Ex. (1w) 0.26 μM; Ex. (1x) 0.53 μM;Ex. (1y) 0.33 μM; Ex. (1z) 0.37 μM; Ex. (1aa) 0.025 μM; Ex. (1ab) 0.029μM; Ex. (1ac) 0.14 μM; Ex. (1ad) 0.00691 μM; Ex. (1ae) 0.38 μM; Ex.(1af) 0.054 μM; Ex. (1ag) 0.029 μM; Ex. (1ah) 0.012 μM; Ex. (1ai) 1.1μM; Ex. (1aj) 0.49 μM; Ex. (1ak) 0.017 μM; Ex. (1al) 0.23 μM; Ex. (1am)0.21 μM; Ex. (1an) 0.14 μM; Ex. (1ao) 0.0083 μM; Ex. (1ap) 0.02 μM; Ex.(1aq) 0.084 μM; Ex. (1ar) 0.006 μM; Ex. (1as) 0.013 μM; Ex. (1at) 0.031μM; Ex. (1au) 0.09 μM; Ex. (1av) 0.29 μM; Ex. (1aw) 0.062 μM; Ex. (1ax)0.0092 μM; Ex. (1ay) 0.15 μM; Ex. (1ba) 0.44 μM; Ex. (1bb) 0.14 μM; Ex.(1bc) 0.083 μM; Ex. (1bd) 0.011 μM; Ex. (1be) 0.18 μM; Ex. (1bf) 0.06μM; Ex. (1bg) 0.17 μM; Ex. (1bh) 0.014 μM; Ex. (1bi) 0.032 μM; Ex. (1bj)0.035 μM; Ex. (1bk) 0.039 μM; Ex. (1bl) 0.0027 μM; Ex. (1bm) 0.055 μM;Ex. (1bn) 0.04 μM; Ex. (1bo) 0.018 μM; Ex. (1bp) 0.11 μM; Ex. (1bq)0.14M; Ex. (1br) 0.056 μM; Ex. (1bs) 0.039 μM; Ex. (1bt) 0.11 μM; Ex.(1bu) 0.016 μM; Ex. (1bv) 0.005 μM; Ex. (1bw) 0.036 μM; Ex. (1bx) 0.038μM; Ex. (1by) 0.0046 μM; Ex. (1bz) 0.018 μM; Ex. (1ca) 0.35 μM; Ex.(1cb) 0.5 μM; Ex. (1cc) 0.0064 μM; Ex. (1cd) 0.46 μM; Ex. (1ce) 0.091μM; Ex. (1cf) 0.073 μM; Ex. (1cg) 0.00026 μM; Ex. (1ch) 0.22 μM; Ex.(1ci) 0.15 μM; Ex. (1cj) 0.091 μM; Ex. (1ck) 0.065 μM; Ex. (1cl) 0.2 μM;Ex. (1 cm) 0.16 μM; Ex. (1cn) 0.31 μM; Ex. (1co) 2.5 μM; Ex. (1cp) IgM;Ex. (1cq) 0.25 μM; Ex. (1cr) 0.69 μM; Ex. (1cs) 7.5 μM; Ex. (1ct) 0.024μM; Ex. (1cu) 0.042 μM; Ex. (1cv) 0.3 μM; Ex. (1cw) 0.49 μM; Ex. (1cx)0.12 μM; Ex. (1cy) 0.72 μM; Ex. (1cz) 0.066 μM; Ex. (1da) 1.8 μM; Ex.(1db) 0.031 μM; Ex. (1dc) 0.02 μM; Ex. (1dd) 0.073 μM; Ex. (1de) 0.0049μM; Ex. (1dg) 0.014 μM; Ex. (1dh) 0.04 μM; Ex. (1di) 0.23 μM; Ex. (1dj)0.25 μM; Ex. (1dk) 0.02 μM; Ex. (1dl) 0.018 μM; Ex. (1dm) 0.0075 μM; Ex.(1dn) 0.0055 μM; Ex. (1do) 0.03 μM; Ex. (1dp) 0.0067 μM; Ex. (1dq) 0.037μM; Ex. (1dt) 0.0026 μM; Ex. (1du) 0.00039 μM; Ex. (1dv) 0.72 μM; Ex.(1dw) 0.02 μM; Ex. (1dx) 0.035 μM; Ex. (1dy) 0.0035 μM; Ex. (1dz) 0.099μM; Ex. (1ea) 0.057 μM; Ex. (1eb) 0.17PM; Ex. (1ec) 0.013 μM; Ex. (1ed)0.016 μM; Ex. (1ee) 0.0048 μM.

Tested in phospho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (1df) 0.3813 μM; Ex. (1dr)0.01415 μM; Ex. (1ds) 0.06066 μM.

Example 2

-   R2=Amino-   R3=Aryl or hetero aryl

To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) indioxane was added diisopropylethylamine (2 equiv). To this mixture wasthen added the appropriate amine (2 equiv). The reaction was then heatedunder the influence of microwave radiation (120° C., medium absorptionsetting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated invacuo and the resulting residue dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ and washed with H₂O.The organic fraction was removed, dried (MgSO₄). The crude residue waspurified by flash chromatography (SiO₂) to give the desired products.

Retention Purity time M/z (%) (min) [M + H}⁺ Example Structure 2a 973.28 448.3

2b 99 3.78 439.3

2c 99 3.31 462.4

2d 100 3.76 463.3

2e 99 3.11 483.3

2f 99 3.82 463.4

2g 100 3.39 436.5

2h 100 3.68 463.4

2i 98 3.26 448.4

2j 100 3.38 450.3

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (2a) 0.7 μM; Ex. (2b) 0.56 μM;Ex. (2c) 0.6 μM; Ex. (2d) 0.27 μM; Ex. (2e) 0.35 μM; Ex. (2f) 0.17 μM;Ex. (2g) 0.064 μM; Ex. (2h) 0.29 μM; Ex. (2i) 0.64 μM; Ex. (2j) 0.2 μM.

Example 3

Compounds 3a to 3ab

-   R⁴=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine-   R²=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine-   Ar=aryl

Carboxy-substrates are reported in Example 1.

Method: Amide Formation

Conditions A:

The appropriate carboxy-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.067M). HBTU (1.2 equiv) and appropriate amines (1.05 equiv) were addedalong with 3 drops of triethylamine at 0° C. The reaction vessels weresealed and the mixtures were stirred between 1 and 12 hours at roomtemperature. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude residues were then purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired products.

TABLE 3 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 3a 98 7.36 515.3 A

3b 82 5.31 518.4 A

3c 96 7.2 477.3 A

3d 96 6.95 533.4 A

3e 95 7.33 495.3 A

3f 95 8.34 531.3 A

3g 98 6.61 519.4 A

3h 98 6.64 519.4 A

3i 99 7.32 533.4 A

3j 99 8.19 505.4 A

3k 98 4.15 521.5 A

3l 99 4.27 513.4 A

3m 90 4.22 491.3 A

3n 98 4.35 505.5 A

3o 95 4.2 493.4 A

3p 98 4.36 503.4 A

3q 98 4.31 501.4 A

3r 95 4.62 519.5 A

3s 99 4.19 517.3 A

3t 99 3.97 507.4 A

3u 99 4.07 521.4 A

3v 96 7.38 495.4 A

3w 91 8.42 523.3 A

3x 97 8.44 523.4 A

3y 97 7.69 511.3 A

3z 92 8.33 521.3 A

3aa 86 4.12 509.3 A

3ab 83 4.19 519.3 A

3ac 100 7.13 477.4 A

3ad 100 4.00 493.4 A

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex (3a) 0.048 μM; Ex. (3b) 0.32 μM;Ex. (3c) 0.09 μM; Ex. (3d) 0.28 μM; Ex. (3e) 0.0047 μM; Ex. (3f) 0.28μM; Ex. (3g) 0.0052 μM; Ex. (3h) 0.18 μM; Ex. (3i) 0.14 μM; Ex. (3j)0.17 μM; Ex. (3k) 0.23 μM; Ex. (3l) 0.044 μM; Ex. (3m) 0.32 μM; Ex. (3n)0.23 μM; Ex. (3o) 0.37 μM; Ex. (3p) 0.56 μM; Ex. (3q) 0.12 μM; Ex. (3r)0.5 μM; Ex. (3s) 0.38 μM; Ex. (3t) 0.042 μM; Ex. (3u) 0.13 μM; Ex. (3v)0.16 μM; Ex. (3w) 0.5 μM; Ex. (3x) 0.24 μM; Ex. (3y) 0.74 μM; Ex. (3z)0.34 μM; Ex. (3aa) 0.026 μM; Ex. (3ab) 0.14 μM; Ex. (3ac) 1.6 μM; Ex.(3ad) 0.066 μM.

Example 4

Benzyl alcohol substrates are reported in Example 1.

The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.08M). Triethylamine (1 equiv) was added at room temperature, followed bythe addition of thionyl chloride (2 equiv). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 30° C. for 45 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixturewas partitioned between brine and CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂.Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 10 to 70% ethyl acetate in hexane.

7-(3-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(72% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 454 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.15 min

The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.052M). Thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture washeated up to 55° C. and a solution of triethylamine (1.7 equiv) inCH₂Cl₂ (0.044 M) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reactionmixture was allowed to stir at 30° C. for 10 minutes. Upon completionthe reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH₂Cl₂ andextracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 to 50% ethyl acetatein hexane.

7-(4-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(65% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 454 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.15 min

The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.044M). Thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture washeated up to 55° C. and a solution of triethylamine (1.7 equiv) inCH₂Cl₂ (0.044 M) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reactionmixture was allowed to stir at 30° C. for 30 minutes. Upon completionthe reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH₂Cl₂ andextracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was used withoutfurther purification.

7-(3-Chloromethyl-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(96% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 472 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.96 min

The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.086M). Triethylamine (2.5 equiv) and thionyl chloride (2.5 equiv) wereadded. The reaction mixture was heated up to 45° C. a for 3 hours. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 to 50% ethyl acetatein hexane.

7-(3-Chloromethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine:(37% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 484 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.21 min

(Compounds 4a to 4ak)

-   R⁴=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine-   R²=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine-   Ar=aryl

Method: Benzylamines, Benzylethers and Benzylsulfones FormationConditions A:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF(0.067 M). The appropriate amine (80 equiv) as well as triethylamine (1equiv) was added. The reaction vessels were sealed and the mixtures werestirred for 3 to 5 hours at 95° C. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in anaqueous ammonia/n-butanol (1.5:1) solution (0.011 M). The reactionvessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 140° C.Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residuewas then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions C:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) and sodium hydroxide (1equiv) were dissolved in ethanol (0.011 M). The reaction vessel wassealed and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 50° C. Upon completionthe sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions D:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF(0.022 M). Imidazole (3 equiv) and potassium tert-butoxide (3 equiv)were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirredfor 2 hours at room temperature. Upon completion the sample wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

Conditions E:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF(0.066 M). Sodium sulfinate (1.3 equiv) was added. The mixture wasstirred for 2 hours at 125° C. Upon completion the sample wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

Conditions F:

The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate(2.6 equiv) triethylamine (1 equiv) and the appropriate amine (1.1equiv) were suspended in DMF (0.028 M). The reaction vessel was sealedand the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 40° C. Upon completion thesample was filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH₂Cl₂ andthen concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

TABLE 4 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 4a 87 3.61 449.3 A

4b 95 3.41 435.2 B

4c 99 3.4 505.5 A

4d 100 3.42 505.5 A

4e 100 3.44 519.5 A

4f 100 3.39 479.4 A

4g 95 4.36 464.4 C

4h 96 3.4 479.4 A

4i 95 3.4 435.4 B

4j 92 5.6 475.4 A

4k 94 5.65 477.4 A

41 97 5.39 449.4 A

4m 90 5.6 519.5 A

4n 96 5.83 489.5 A

4o 95 5.56 493.4 A

4p 26, 69 6.63, 6.78 501.4 A

4q 99 3.43 486.4 D

4r 94 3.44 505.5 A

4s 97 3.44 505.3 A

4t 94 6.06 498.7 E

4u 98 3.42 453.4 B

4v 99 3.63 493.4 A

4w 99 3.62 495.4 A

4x 96 3.55 467.4 A

4y 99 36 537.4 A

4z 99 3.67 507.4 A

4aa 97 3.59 511.4 A

4ab 91 3.58 499.4 A

4ac 99 3.55 497.4 A

4ad 99 3.4 523.4 A

4ae 99 3.47 522.4 A

4af 99 3.42 481.4 A

4ag 99 3.49 536.4 A

4ah 98 3.43 537.5 A

4ai 99 3.48 509.4 A

4aj 99 3.46 525.5 A

4ak 99 3.42 523.5 A

4al 99 3.55 505.4 F

4am 99 3.60 507.4 F

4an 99 3.66 533.4 F

4ao 99 3.77 547.5 F

4ap 99 3.70 561.4 F

4aq 99 3.52 549.5 F

4ar 99 3.85 571.5 F

4as 99 3.85 549.5 F

4at 99 3.76 535.5 F

4au 99 3.83 549.5 F

4av 96 3.32 578.5 F

4aw 99 3.82 561.5 F

4ax 99 3.59 519.4 F

4ay 99 3.66 521.4 F

4az 99 3.65 521.4 F

4ba 99 3.46 509.4 F

4bb 99 3.52 523.4 F

4bc 99 3.84 561.5 F

4bd 99 3.81 599.5 F

4be 93 3.29 559.4 F

4bf 99 3.91 575.5 F

NMR Data for Example 4h

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.21 (ArH, d, J=8.39 Hz, 2H), 8.08-8.01(ArH, m, 1H), 7.65 (ArH, d, J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (ArH, d, J=4.85 Hz,2H), 4.82-4.72 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.45 (CH₂, +NH m, 3H), 3.99-3.82 (CH₂, m,7H), 3.69 (CH₂, ddd, J=19.97, 8.86, 5.32 Hz, 8H), 3.53 (CH₂, t, J=5.65,5.65 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.15 (CH₂, m, 2H), 1.38 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.25(CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H)

NMR Data for Example 4r

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl_(3 δ ppm) 8.19 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.03 (ArH, ddd,J=8.43, 5.31, 3.28 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.37 (ArH, m, 3H), 5.00-4.85 (CH, m,1H), 4.68-4.56 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.36 (CH₂, ddd, J=6.83, 4.79, 2.16 Hz, 2H),4.07-3.92 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.91-3.66 (CH₂, m, 11H), 3.63-3.49 (CH₂, m, 1H),3.39 (CH₂, dd, J=13.37, 3.58 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.92 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.80 (CH₂,d, J=10.30 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (CH₂, dd, J=10.23, 4.92 Hz, 1H), 2.52-2.39(CH₂, m, 1H), 2.21 (CH₂, d, J=7.02 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.73 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.46(CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.57, 163.03, 162.50, 160.11, 139.06,134.83, 130.62, 128.81, 127.10, 113.70, 105.06, 71.44, 71.06, 67.41,67.25, 67.07, 62.87, 60.08, 52.98, 52.49, 47.07, 44.58, 39.47, 35.02,14.86 and 14.90.

NMR Data for Example 4s

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.22 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.11-7.96 (ArH, m, 2H),7.48 (ArH, dd, J=10.85, 7.98 Hz, 3H), 4.99-4.86 (CH, m, 1H), 4.68-4.55(CH, m, 1H), 4.44-4.30 (CH₂, m, 2H), 4.06-3.92 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.93-3.65(CH₂, m, 10H), 3.62-3.50 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.39 (CH₂, dd, J=13.39, 3.57 Hz,1H), 3.14-3.01 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.88 (CH₂, d, J=10.59 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.67(CH₂, m, 1H), 2.63-2.43 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.31-2.14 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.92-1.79(CH₂, m, 1H), 1.47 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃)) δ ppm 165.56, 163.03, 162.34, 160.12, 139.16,134.89, 130.80, 128.94, 128.91, 127.39, 113.69, 105.11, 71.44, 71.21,71.06, 67.40, 67.06, 62.61, 59.93, 52.98, 52.42, 47.08, 44.58, 39.47,34.88, 31.73, 22.80, 14.86 and 14.91.

Tested in the Biological Assay: Ex. (4f) 0.001967 μM.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (4a) 0.0016 μM; Ex. (4b) 0.025μM; Ex. (4c) 0.093 μM; Ex. (4d) 0.013 μM; Ex. (4e) 0.0019 μM; Ex.(4f)<0.0027 μM; Ex. (4g) 0.13 μM; Ex. (4h) 0.031 μM; Ex. (4i) 0.027 μM;Ex. (4j) 0.054 μM; Ex. (4k) 0.016 μM; Ex. (4l) 0.0091 μM; Ex. (4m) 0.015μM; Ex. (4n) 0.0071 μM; Ex. (4o) 0.021 μM; Ex. (4p) 0.17 μM; Ex. (4q)0.13 μM; Ex. (4r) 0.04 μM; Ex. (4s) 0.029 μM; Ex. (4t) 0.09 μM; Ex. (4u)0.027 μM; Ex. (4v) 0.14 μM; Ex. (4w) 0.028 μM; Ex. (4x) 0.12 μM; Ex.(4y) 0.13 μM; Ex. (4z) 0.13 3M; Ex. (4aa) 0.21 μM; Ex. (4ab) 1.1 M; Ex.(4ac) 0.087 μM; Ex. (4ad) 0.081 μM; Ex. (4ae) 0.16 μM; Ex. (4af) 0.58μM; Ex. (4ag) 0.54 μM; Ex. (4ah) 0.2 μM; Ex. (4ai) 0.22 μM; Ex. (4aj)0.46 μM; Ex. (4ak) 0.015 μM; Ex. (4a1) 0.064 μM; Ex. (4am) 0.024 μM; Ex.(4an) 0.095 μM; Ex. (4ao) 0.064 μM; Ex. (4ap) 0.1 μM; Ex. (4aq) 0.012μM; Ex. (4ar) 0.06 μM; Ex. (4as) 0.091 μM; Ex. (4at) 0.12 μM; Ex. (4au)0.096 μM; Ex. (4av) 0.0038 μM; Ex. (4aw) 0.1 μM; Ex. (4ax) 0.1 μM; Ex.(4ay) 0.14 μM; Ex. (4az) 0.038 μM; Ex. (4ba) 0.013 μM; Ex. (4bb) 0.032μM; Ex. (4bc) 0.076 μM; Ex. (4bd) 0.12 μM; Ex. (4be) 0.049 μM; Ex. (4bf)0.059 μM.

Example 5

Benzyl chloride substrates are reported in Example 4.

The appropriate benzyl chloride (1 equiv) was dissolved in an ammoniumhydroxide and n-butanol (1.5:1) solution (0.01 M). The reaction vesselwas sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140° C.,medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the reactionmixture was partitioned between brine and ethyl acetate and extractedwith ethyl acetate. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filteredand concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5% methanol in CH₂Cl₂.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzylamine:(81% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 435 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.44 min

5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluorobenzylamine:(85% yield, 98% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 453 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.21 min

4-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzylamine:(95% yield, 97% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 435 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.36 min

The appropriate benzyl chloride (1 equiv) was dissolved in a 2 Msolution of methylamine in THF (80 equiv). Triethylamine (1 equiv) wasadded. The reaction mixture was stirred at 95° C. for 2.5 hours. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and theresidue was diluted with ethyl acetate and n-butanol and the organicphase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 0 to 7% methanol in CH₂Cl₂.

{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzyl}-methyl-amine:(77% yield, 94% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.44 min

{4-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzyl}-methyl-amine:(93% yield, 87% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.40 min

Procedures for the Synthesis of Examples 5a to 5z

-   R⁴=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine-   R²=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine

Conditions A:

The appropriate aminobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂(0.035 M). The appropriate acyl chloride or acid anhydride (2 equiv) aswell as triethylamine (1 equiv) was then added. The mixtures werestirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Upon completion the sampleswere concentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

The appropriate methylaminobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved inCH₂Cl₂ (0.035 M). The appropriate acyl chloride or acid anhydride (2equiv) as well as triethylamine (1 equiv) were added. The mixtures werestirred for 12 hours at 95° C. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

TABLE 5 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 5a 98 4.02 477.4 A

5b 99 4.12 507.4 A

5c 99 4.22 503.4 A

5d 99 4.27 505.4 A

5e 99 4.34 517.4 A

5f 99 4.41 519.4 A

5g 99 4.51 531.3 A

5h 98 4.17 491.4 B

5i 99 4.17 521.5 B

5j 98 4.39 517.4 B

5k 98 4.48 519.5 B

5l 99 4.58 531.5 B

5m 99 4.64 533.5 B

5n 98 4.73 545.4 B

5o 100 4.38 527.4 C

5p 99 4.51 541.4 C

5q 99 38 477.4 A

5r 98 3.93 491.4 B

5s 99 3.93 521.4 B

5t 100 3.94 495.4 A

5u 100 4.02 525.4 A

5v 100 4.16 521.4 A

5w 100 4.19 523.4 A

5x 100 4.27 535.4 A

5y 100 4.32 537.5 A

5z 98 4.38 549.5 A

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (5a) 0.023 μM; Ex. (5b) 0.054μM; Ex. (5c) 0.12 μM; Ex. (5d) 0.12 μM; Ex. (5e) 0.12 μM; Ex. (5f) 0.37μM; Ex. (5g) 0.12 μM; Ex. (5h) 0.19 μM; Ex. (5i) 0.2 μM; Ex. (5j) 0.31μM; Ex. (5k) 0.89 μM; Ex. (5l) 0.049 μM; Ex. (5m) 1.4 μM; Ex. (5n) 0.64μM; Ex. (5o) 0.12 μM; Ex. (5p) 0.5 μM; Ex. (5q) 0.091 μM; Ex. (5r) 0.56μM; Ex. (5s) 0.67 μM; Ex. (5t) 0.057 μM; Ex. (5u) 0.16 μM; Ex. (5v) 0.14μM; Ex. (5w) 0.16 μM; Ex. (5x) 0.29 μM; Ex. (5y) 0.44 μM; Ex. (5z) 1.4μM.

Example 6

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in n-butanol(0.055 M). 2-formylfuran-3-boronic acid (1.0 equiv), potassium carbonate(1.2 equiv), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv)were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (110° C., medium absorption setting) for 15 minutes. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was filtered through a silica cartridgeand the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40% ethylacetate in hexane to give the desired product.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-furan-2-carbaldehyde:(26% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 424 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.81 min

Compound 6a

The above product was dissolved in THF (0.018 M) and sodium borohydride(2 equiv) was added. This mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 5 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture wasfiltered through a silica cartridge and the filtrate was concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired product.

TABLE 6 Retention Purity (%) time (min) m/z [M + H]⁺ Example Structure6a 96 6.89 426.3

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (6a) 0.013 μM.

Example 7

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.16 M). 5-formyl-2-furylboronic acid (1.05 equiv), tripotassiumphosphate (1.5 equiv) and bis(tri-t-butylphosphine)palladium (0.05equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed tomicrowave radiation (170° C., medium absorption setting) for 45 minutes.Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water andCH₂Cl₂ and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40 to 100%ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product.

5-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-furan-2-carboxaldehyde:(100% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 424 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.75 min

Compounds 7a to 7k

The appropriate formylfuran-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in aTHF/CH₂Cl₂ (1:1) solution (0.036 M). The appropriate amines (2.2 equiv)sodium borohydride (2.4 equiv) and acetic acid (0.03 equiv) were added.The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Uponcompletion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washedwith methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

TABLE 7 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure7a 97 3.2  496.4

7b 99 3.32 469.4

7c 99 3.49 439.4

7d 99 3.51 453.4

7e 99 3.58 465.4

7f 97 3.53 509.4

7g 98 3.61 479.4

7h 99 3.56 483.4

7i 95 3.86 491.4

7j 98 3.46 482.4

7k 99 3.54 467.4

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (7a) 0.59 μM; Ex. (7b) 0.13 μM;Ex. (7c) 0.091 μM; Ex. (7d) 0.097 μM; Ex. (7e) 0.15 μM; Ex. (7f) 0.12μM; Ex. (7g) 0.17 μM; Ex. (7h) 0.33 μM; Ex. (7i) 0.079 μM; Ex. (7j) 0.12μM; Ex. (7k) 0.14 μM.

Example 8 Compounds 8a to 8b

The methylbenzoic ester substrates were reported in Example 1.

Conditions A:

Example 1ba (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.16 M). Ethanolamine(51.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed tomicrowave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 50 minutes.Upon completion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude residue was then purified by column chromatography on silica gelusing a gradient 0 to 5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to afford the desired product.

Conditions B:

Example 1bg (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.05 M). Ethanolamine(2.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed tomicrowave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 2×20minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂ andextracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purifiedby column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient 0 to 5% MeOH inCH₂Cl₂ to afford the desired product.

Conditions C:

To a solution of the appropriate carboxylic acid derivative (1 equiv)suspended in CH₂Cl₂ was added HBTU (1.3 equiv) followed bydiisopropylethylamine (3 equiv). The mixture was cooled (−78° C.) andthe appropriate amine added (1.1 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 3hrs before being concentrated to dryness and purified by preparativeHPLC to give the desire products.

TABLE 8 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 8a 100 3.75 493.5 A

8b 99 3.86 523.5 B

8c 97 3.79 465.3 C

8d 98 3.70 507.4 C

NMR data for Example 8a ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.55 (ArH, s, 1H),8.09 (ArH, d, J = 7.85 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, 1H), 7.86(ArH, d, J = 7.86 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.33 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.89-4.75 (CH, m,1H), 4.56-4.46 (CH, m, 1H), 4.38-4.26 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.97-3.87 (CH₂, m,2H), 3.85-3.75 (CH₃, m, 4H), 3.72-3.55 (CH₂, m, 7H), 3.53-3.44 (CH₂, m,1H), 3.34-3.24 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.41 (CH₃, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (CH₃,d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H). Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (8a) 0.028μM; Ex. (8b) 0.079 μM; Ex. (8c) 0.13 μM; Ex. (8d) 2 μM.

Example 9 Compound 9a

The benzyl alcohol substrate was reported in Example 1.

Example 1bc (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.022 M). Sodiumtert-butoxide (3.0 equiv) and iodomethane (10.0 equiv) were added. Thereaction vessel was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. Uponcompletion the sample was filtered through a silica cartridge, washedwith EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.

TABLE 9 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure9a 100 2.87 468.4

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (9a) 0.088 μM.

Example 10 Compound 10a

The pyridinone substrate was reported in Example 13.

Example 13c (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M). Potassium carbonate(1.1 equiv) and iodomethane (1.1 equiv) were added. The reaction vesselwas stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

TABLE 10 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure10a 100 3.67 437.2

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (10a) 0.11 μM.

Example 11 Compound 11a

The sulfonamide substrate was reported in Example 1.

Example 1at (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M). Potassium carbonate(2.0 equiv) and iodomethane (1.5 equiv) were added. The reaction vesselwas heated at 100° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample wasconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

TABLE 11 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure11a 87 4.11 513.3

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (11a) 0.37 μM.

Example 12

To a solution of the appropriate 7-substituted-1H-pteridine-2,4-dione (1equiv) in anhydrous toluene (sufficient to make a 0.1 M solution) wasadded Hunig's base (3 equiv). A reflux condenser was attached to thereaction vessel and the mixture heated, under an inert atmosphere) to70° C. for 30 minutes. After this time, the reaction was cooled to 40°C. whereupon POCl₃ (3 equiv) was added. The mixture was then heated,with stirring, to 110° C. for 3 hrs. Upon completion, the reaction wascooled and concentrated in vacuo to give a tarry residue which wasdissolved in the minimum volume of CH₂Cl₂ and filtered through a thicksilica pad. The resulting filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give thedesired 2,4-dichloro-7-substituted-pteridine product (typically 65-99%yield) in suitably pure form to be used without any furtherpurification.

2,4-Dichloro-7-p-tolyl-pteridine; R7=toluoyl, R2=Cl, R4=Cl, X═N, Y═C,Z═N: (61% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): Did not ionize, R/T=3.27min

2,4-Dichloro-7-phenyl-pteridine; R7=phenyl, R2=Cl, R4=Cl, X═N, Y═C, Z═N:(66% yield, 99% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): Did not ionize, R/T=3.10 min

To a cooled (−5° C.) solution of the appropriate amine (1 equiv=R4) inN,N-dimethylacetamide (sufficient to make 0.2 M solution) was added theappropriate 2,4-dichloro-7-substituted-pteridine (1 equiv added as a0.04 M solution in N,N-dimethylacetamide). After approx 10 minutesHunig's base was added (1 equiv) and the resultant mixture stirred at−5° C. for 30 minutes. After this time, the reaction was allowed to warmto room temperature, whereupon the appropriate amine (1 equiv=R2) andHunig's base (1 equiv) were then added. The resultant mixture was heatedto 60° C. and maintained at this temperature, with stirring, for 16hours. Upon completion, the mixture was allowed to cool to roomtemperature before being purified by preparative HPLC to give thedesired product.

TABLE 12 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure12a 99 5.33 421.5

12b 96 5.55 435.4

12c 95 10.29 421.3

12d 94 9.48 407.2

12e 94 9.48 356.2

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex (12a) 0.02669 μM; Ex. (12b)0.2147 μM; Ex. (12c) 0.04872 μM; Ex. (12d) 0.0263 μM; Ex. (12e) 0.5414μM.

Example 13 Compounds 13a to 13f

The pyridine substrates were reported in Example 1.

Conditions A:

Example 1w (1 equiv) was dissolved in a dry THF/methanol (1:1) solution(0.057 M). Sodium hydride (4.5 equiv) was added. The reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes under nitrogen. Thereaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwaveradiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Uponcompletion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.

Conditions B:

Example 1w (1 equiv) was dissolved in dry THF (0.057 M).Dimethylethanolamine (10.0 equiv) and sodium hydride (5.0 equiv) wereadded. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15minutes under nitrogen. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixtureexposed to microwave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for20 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desiredproduct.

Conditions C:

Example 1au (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMSO (0.59 M). 8N aqueous sodiumhydroxide solution (50.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel wassealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion concentrated aqueousHCl was added carefully. The mixture was neutralized with 2N aqueoussodium hydroxide solution. The suspension was diluted with methanol thenfiltered through a sintered funnel. The filtrate was concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired products.

Conditions D:

Example 1au (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide(20.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixtureexposed to microwave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for46 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica geleluting with 50 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desiredproduct.

Conditions E:

Example 1au (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide(20.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixtureexposed to microwave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for46 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica geleluting with 50 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane first, then eluting with10% methanol in CH₂Cl₂. The crude fractions were then further purifiedby preparative HPLC to give the desired product.

Conditions F:

Example 1ah (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide(8.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixtureexposed to microwave radiation (180° C., medium absorption setting) for40 minutes. Upon completion the sample was filtered through a silicacartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The cruderesidue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desiredproducts.

TABLE 13 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 13a 99 4 437.3 A

13b 99 3.42 494.4 B

13c 97 5.77 423.4 C

13d 97 3.96 432.4 D

13e 98 6.62 450.2 E

13f 99 3.93 432.3 F

13g 89 5.03 478.4

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (13a) 0.2 μM; Ex. (13b) 0.33 μM;Ex. (13c) 0.14 μM; Ex. (13d) 0.48 μM; Ex. (13e) 0.19 μM; Ex. (13f) 0.16μM; Ex. (13g) 0.11 μM.

Example 14 Compounds 14a-14b

The ester substrate was reported in Example 1.

Ester Hydrolysis:

Conditions A

Example 1bg (1 equiv) was dissolved in methanol (0.2 M). 1M Sodiumhydroxide aqueous solution (5.0 equiv) was added. The reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Upon completion thereaction mixture was neutralised with 1M aqueous HCl and concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silicagel eluting with 0 to 10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

Amide Formation:

Conditions B

Example 1bg (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.05 M). Thionyl chloride(2.5 equiv) was added dropwise at 40° C. The reaction mixture was thenheated for an hour at 40° C. Ammonia gas was then slowly bubbled intothe reaction mixture. THF was then added for further dilution (0.025 M)and the reaction mixture was heated for an hour at 40° C. Uponcompletion the reaction mixture was cooled down and concentrated invacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueousphase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried(MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5%MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

TABLE 14 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 14a 98 3.95 480.5 A

14b 98 7.09 479.4 B

NMR Data for Example 14a

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.82-8.69 (ArH, m, 1H), 8.68-8.56 (ArH, m,1H), 8.03-7.90 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.52-7.39 (ArH, m, 1H), 7.18-7.05 (ArH, m,1H), 4.92-4.80 (CH, m, 1H), 4.61-4.47 (CH, m, 1H), 4.37-4.27 (CH₂, m,1H), 4.07 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 4.00-3.87 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.85-3.60 (CH₂, m, 6H),3.57-3.24 (CH₂, m, 3H), 1.41 (CH₃, d, J=6.65 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH₃, d,J=6.74 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.33, 134.98, 134.96, 132.64, 132.61,132.58, 119.77, 112.83, 112.11, 100.01, 71.29, 70.90, 67.24, 66.91,52.80, 46.96, 44.44, 39.34 and 14.74.

NMR Data for Example 14b

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.83 (ArH, d, J=2.46 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (ArH,dd, J=8.76, 2.49 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (NH, s, br,1H), 7.57 (ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (ArH, d, J=8.83 Hz, 1H), 5.79(NH, s, br, 1H), 5.00-4.84 (CH, m, 1H), 4.62 (CH, dd, J=13.82, 0.70 Hz,1H), 4.37 (CH₂, d, J=6.77 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 4.03-3.94 (CH₂,m, 2H), 3.91-3.79 (CH₂, m, 3H), 3.79-3.63 (CH₂, m, 4H), 3.64-3.51 (CH₂,m, 1H), 3.44-3.30 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.47 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃,d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 166.58, 165.45, 162.87, 159.99, 159.22,134.71, 133.75, 131.84, 131.65, 120.52, 113.07, 111.87, 104.80, 102.94,71.33, 70.94, 67.29, 66.94, 56.28, 52.80, 46.93, 44.49, 39.33, 14.72 and14.34.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (14a) 0.00015 μM; Ex. (14b)0.0032 μM.

Example 15

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.

To a mixture of7-chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine(1 equiv), potassium carbonate (1.2 equiv), and 3-BOC-aminophenylboronicacid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.08 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes undernitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were filtered through asilica cartridge, washed with ethyl acetate and then concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was used as such in the next reaction.

{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl}-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester: (95% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 520.9[M+H]⁺ R/T=3.23 min

The above product (1 equiv) was dissolved in a TFA/ CH₂Cl₂ solution(1:20) (0.018 M). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 15 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous phase wasneutralized with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide. Combined organic phaseswere dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The cruderesidue was used as such in the next reaction.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylamine:(100% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 520.9 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.72 min

Compound 15a

The above product (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.013 M).Chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (3.5 equiv) was gently added to thereaction mixture at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 15 hours. 8N Aqueous sodium hydroxide (50 equiv) wasthen added and the reaction mixture was heated at 40° C. for 12 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5%MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylamine(1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.1 M). Pyridine (10 equiv) andisopropylsulfonyl chloride (10 equiv) were added to the reaction mixtureat room temperature. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 90° C. for4 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and water.Organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica geleluting with 0 to 60% EtOAc in hexane to give the desired product.

3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylamine(1 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.24 M). Tetrahydro-2-furoic acid(1.1 equiv), HBTU (2.0 equiv) and triethylamine (2 equiv) were added andthe reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and water. Organicphase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The cruderesidue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with0 to 4% MeOH in TBME to give the desired product.

TABLE 15 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure15a 98 3.99 529.4

15b 96 8.28 527.3

15c 99 4.19 519.3

NMR Data for Example 15b

¹H NMR (300 MHz), CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.00-7.94 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.81 (ArH, td,J=7.12, 1.52, 1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.32 (ArH, m, 3H), 6.84 (NH, s, br,1H), 4.93-4.80 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.55 (CH₂, d, J=12.97 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.25(CH₂, m, 1H), 4.01-3.57 (CH₂, m, 9H), 3.57-3.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.36-3.32(CH₂, m, 2H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.37-1.26 (3×CH₃, m, 9H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.36, 162.85, 161.36, 159.98, 140.27,137.89, 134.92, 129.80, 124.03, 121.31, 119.64, 113.30, 105.19, 71.28,70.91, 67.25, 66.91, 52.89, 52.87, 44.42, 39.33, 31.60, 22.66, 16.60,14.75 and 14.36.

NMR Data for Example 15c

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃COCD₃ δ ppm 8.52 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.24 (ArH, d, J=8.48Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.80 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.62 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.46(ArH, t, J=7.94, 7.94 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (NH, br, s, 1H), 4.84-4.70 (CH₂, m,1H), 4.53-4.33 (CH₂, m, 3H), 4.09-3.79 (CH₂, m, 5H), 3.80-3.56 (CH₂, m,5H), 3.49-3.40 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.23-3.28 (CH₂, m, 1H), 2.20 (CH₂, d,J=6.66 Hz, 1H), 2.11-1.81 (CH₂, m, 4H), 1.39 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H),1.26 (CH₃, d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃COCD₃) δ ppm 171.66, 160.37, 147.37, 145.71, 138.93,138.46, 135.69, 128.98, 126.26, 126.11, 122.52, 121.58, 118.91, 118.37,104.46, 77.93, 70.31, 70.13, 68.81, 66.28, 66.15, 51.77, 46.41, 43.85,29.98, 25.06, 14.39 and 13.92.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (15a) 0.0043 μM; Ex. (15c) 0.33μM.

Tested in phospho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (15b) 0.5051 μM.

Example 16 Compound 16a

The aminopyridine substrate was reported in Example 1.

Example 1u (1 equiv) was dissolved in pyridine (0.11 M). Aceticanhydride (5.0 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at70° C. for 6 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired product.

TABLE 16 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure16a 100 3.8 464.4

NMR Data for Example 16a

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.18-8.12 (ArH, m, 2H) 8.05 (ArH, d,J=8.42 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.40 (ArH, m, 3H), 4.96 (CH, d, br, J=4.93 Hz, 1H),4.66 (CH, d, br, J=12.90 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, br, J=6.71 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.54(CH₂, M, 1H), 3.47-3.35 (CH, m, 1H), 1.51 (CH₃, d, J=6.79 Hz, 3H), 1.39(CH₃, d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.41, 162.93, 161.83, 160.02, 137.14,136.13, 134.84, 129.19, 128.77, 112.99, 105.03, 71.29, 70.91, 67.26,66.91, 52.85, 46.95, 44.46, 39.34, 14.73 and 14.37.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (16a) 0.034 μM.

Example 17 Compound 17a

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in toluene(0.07 M). Phenol (1.0 equiv), palladium acetate (0.05 equiv), BINAP(0.05 equiv) and tripotassium phosphate (1.0 equiv) were added. Thereaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (140° C.,medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the sampleswas concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired product.

TABLE 17 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure17a 93 4.70 436.4

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (17a) 0.52 μM.

Example 18

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.1 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.033 M of chloro-substrate) was addedtetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv). The suspension wassonicated while degassed with nitrogen for 5 minutes then heated to 95°C. for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was allowed to cooldown to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuoto half original volume. The crude residue was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ andthe combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄),filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The residuewas sonicated in diethyl ether, collected by vacuum filtration to givethe desired product as a yellow powder.

{5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-methanol:(78% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 401 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.47 min

{3-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl}-methanol:(90% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 371 [M+H]⁺ R/T=4.06 min

Alternatively, to a stirred mixture of bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.05equiv) and potassium acetate (3 equiv) in N-methylpyrrolidine (13.5equiv), purged with nitrogen, was added the corresponding bromobenzylalcohol (1 equiv) followed by PdCl₂(dppf) (0.02 equiv). The mixture wasthen heated to 60° C. and held for 10 min, then heated to 70° C. andheld for 15 min and finally heated to 80° C. and held for 1 h. Theappropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was then added followed byPdCl₂(dppf) (0.02 equiv) and N-methylpyrrolidine (4.5 equiv). Thetemperature was then held at 75° C., then 4.3M aqueous potassiumcarbonate (3.5 equiv) was added over 13 min, then water (12 equiv) wasadded and the reaction was stirred at 75° C. for 90 min. Water (144equiv) was then added slowly over 70 min with stirring while thetemperature was reduced to 66° C. The temperature of the stirred mixturewas then kept at 64° C. for 30 min, then cooled to 20° C. over 2.5h, andheld at 20° C. overnight. The resulting slurry was filtered, and thesolid washed first with a 3:1 water:N-methylpyrrolidone mixture (18equiv of water), then washed with water (24 equiv) and then washed withethyl actetate (4×4.4 equiv). The solid was then dried in a vacuum ovenat 50° C. to leave the title compound in suitable clean form to be usedwithout any further purification. For example,{5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-methanol:(73% yield)

Compounds 18a to 18do

Conditions A:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.04M). Tripotassium phosphate (1.5 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile(secondary amine) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel wassealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (200° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples werefiltered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in apropan-2-ol and aqueous:ammonia (1:3) solution (0.02 M). The reactionvessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140°C., medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions C:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriatenucleophile (secondary amine) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reactionvessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130°C., medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion thesamples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purifiedby preparative HPLC to give the desired products,

Conditions D:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.04 M). Tripotassium phosphate (3.0 equiv), xantphos (0.05 equiv),palladium acetate (0.05 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine)(1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and themixture exposed to microwave radiation (150° C., medium absorptionsetting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filteredthrough a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired products.

Conditions E:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1.0 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriatenucleophile (secondary amine, with BOC-protected amino side chain) (1.5equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixtureexposed to microwave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. Tothe crude residue was then added a 4 M solution of HCl in dioxane (0.15M). The reaction mixtures were stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.Upon completion the samples were basified with a 2 N sodium hydroxidesolution. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC togive the desired products.

Conditions F:

The appropriate nucleophile (substituted imidazole) (10.0 equiv) wasdissolved in DMF (0.4 M). Sodium hydride (5.0 equiv) was then added. Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes undernitrogen and a solution of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1.0 equiv)in DMF (0.075 M) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and themixture exposed to microwave radiation (150° C., medium absorptionsetting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filteredthrough a silica cartridge, eluted with CH₂Cl₂ and then concentrated invacuo. The crude residue were then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired products.

Conditions G:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriatenucleophile (secondary amine) (4.5 equiv) were then added. The reactionvessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130°C., medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion thesamples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purifiedby preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions H:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane(0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriatenucleophile (secondary amine) (10.0 equiv) were then added. The reactionvessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130°C., medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes. Upon completion thesamples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purifiedby preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions I:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a solutionof 1% DMA in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and theappropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (10.0 equiv) were then added.The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwaveradiation (180° C., medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes. Uponcompletion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions J:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a solutionof 1% DMA in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (7.0 equiv) and theappropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (3.0 equiv) were then added.The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwaveradiation (150° C., medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes. Uponcompletion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions K:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.075M). Potassium carbonate (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile(alcohol) (10.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealedand the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (120° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions L:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.075M). Potassium carbonate (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile(alcohol) (20.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealedand the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (150° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions M:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.13M). Diisopropylethylamine (2.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile(amine) (2.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was heated to100° C. for 3 hours. Upon completion, the reaction mixture waspartitioned between dichloromethane and water and the aqueous layerfurther extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases weredried (MgSO₄), filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo togive a yellow residue which was purified by recrystallisation fromdiethyl ether.

Conditions N:

5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine(1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.21 M). Diisopropylethylamine (1.0equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (1.1 equiv) were thenadded. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed tomicrowave radiation (130° C., medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes.Upon completion, the reaction mixture was partitioned betweendichloromethane and water and the aqueous layer further extracted withCH₂Cl₂. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which waspurified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0% to 10%MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give the desired product.

Conditions O:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.16M). Diisopropylethylamine (1.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile(amine) (1.2 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was heated to80° C. for 48 hours. Upon completion, the reaction mixture waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic layer washedwith brine. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered andthe filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which waspurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.

Conditions P:

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in anisole(0.25 M) (10 vol). Diisopropylethylamine (1.3 equiv) and the appropriatenucleophile (amine) (1.3 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel washeated to 125° C. and stirred for 11 h. Upon completion, the reactionmixture was allowed to cool to 50° C. Aqueous 20% citric acid solution(7 vol) was added, stirred for 5 min and then allowed to separatepartitioned. The aqueous layer was removed and retained. The organiclayer was then extracted with a further aliquot of aqueous 20% citricacid solution (3 vol). The organic layer discarded, and the aqueouslayers combined. The combined aqueous layers were washed first withanisole (5 vol), then 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1.23 vol)was added slowly. The resulting aqueous phase was extracted with ethylacetate (10 vol). The aqueous layer was discarded and the organic layerwas washed first with 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5 vol) andthen water (5 vol). The organic layer was then slurried with silicycleSi-thiourea scavenger at 50° C. for 2 h, then the scavenger was filteredoff and washed with ethyl actetate (2×1 vol). The organic phase wascooled to 20° C., seeded to start crystallization and stirred until aslurry obtained. The slurry was heated to 50° C. under vacuum and ethylacetate (3 vol) was removed by vacuum distillation. 2-Methylpentane(3.4vol) was added and the mixture heated to 60° C. and then slowlycooled to 20° C. over 2h. The resulting slurry was filtered, and thesolid washed with 1:1 ethyl actetate:pentane (2×0.5vol). The solid wasthen dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. to leave the desired product. Forexample, compound 1a was obtained (50.4% yield). The crude product (1equiv) was dissolved in DMSO (5 vol based on product weight) at 50° C.Water (2 vol) was added and the mixture stirred at 50° C. until productcrystallizes. The slurry was heated to 60° C. and then water (3 vol) wasadded slowly over 30 min so that the temperature was maintained at 60°C. The mixture was slowly cooled to 20° C. over 2 h, and then held at20° C. for 30 min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the solidwashed with 2:1 water:DMSO (0.5:1 vol), and then water (3×2 vol). Thesolid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. to leave the desiredproduct.

TABLE 18 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 18a 91 4.43 464.5 A

18b 98 3.89 382.4 B

18c 96 4.36 450.4 C

18d 97 4.48 464.4 C

18e 93 3.56 479.4 C

18f 97 4.45 542.4 C

18g 97 4.11 494.4 C

18h 98 4.60 518.4 C

18i 96 4.54 464.4 C

18j 98 4.83 526.4 C

18k 93 3.96 466.4 C

18l 79 8.73 559.5 D

18m 94 4.28 458.5 D

18n 99 3.86 460.5 D

18o 92 6.48 459.3 D

18p 91 9.79 459.3 D

18q 91 8.03 436.3 C

18r 86 8.77 522.4 C

18s 81 5.59 479.4 C

18t 88 9.14 464.4 C

18u 91 8.76 522.4 C

18v 92 6.73 493.4 C

18w 87 9.69 584.5 C

18x 80 7.26 480.4 C

18y 85 7.41 480.4 C

18z 95 5.67 533.4 C

18aa 88 6.79 510.3 C

18ab 93 6.81 452.3 C

18ac 93 5.44 535.4 C

18ad 99 5.40 465.5 E

18ae 94 9.86 478.4 C

18af 94 9.11 518.3 C

18ag 72, 25 10.37, 10.81 504.4 C

18ah 94 7.56 494.3 C

18ai 96 5.55 519.4 C

18aj 99 7.82 480.4 C

18ak 96 10.49 588.4 C

18al 96 10.92 540.4 C

18am 97 8.84 542.4 C

18an 95 9.74 551.4 C

18ao 96 6.18 479.3 C

18ap 92 8.46 450.3 C

18aq 97 10.99  560.4 C

18ar 89 8.12 532.4 C

18as 91 5.71 507.4 C

18at 99 10.88  679.4 C

18au 85 5.37 465.4 E

18av 98 4.54 466.6 C

18aw 98 4.30 450.5 C

18ax 99 4.02 454.5 C

18ay 100  3.83 433.4 F

18az 92 9.32 491.4 F

18ba 93 4.54 475.4 F

18bb 100  5.06 511.4 F

18bc 97 10.48  525.3 F

18bd 10, 89 4.70, 4.77 492.5, 492.5 C

18be 99 4.67 526.6 C

18bf 99 4.48 528.5 C

18bg 98 4.38 464.5 C

18bh 98 4.37 464.5 C

18bi 100  3.56 527.5 C

18bj 99 3.84 466.4 C

18bk 99 3.83 466.4 C

18bl 95 906 500.5 C

18bm 98 7.65 480.5 C

18bn 97 3.78 452.5 C

18bo 95 4.03 454.4 C

18bp 98 4.01 396.4 H

18bq 99 4.14 410.4 G

18br 99 4.30 424.4 H

18bs 93 5.27 426.4 C

18bt 94 7.18 428.3 H

18bu 84 5.95 439.3 I

18bv 91 4.91 439.4 C

18bw 94 5.38 440.4 G

18bx 94 5.40 440.4 G

18by 92 5.44 440.4 C

18bz 97 5.52 446.3 H

18ca 90 4.92 451.4 C

18cb 93 4.95 453.4 C

18cc 96 5.50 454.4 H

18cd 92 5.18 456.4 H

18ce 96 5.37 463.4 G

18cf 91 5.31 465.4 G

18cg 92 4.95 465.4 C

18ch 93 5.73 468.3 C

18ci 99 4.95 495.4 C

18cj 97 5.79 498.4 G

18ck 91 5.28 470.3 G

18cl 93 5.57 466.3 C

18cm 92 5.58 466.3 C

18cn 97 6.87 447.3 F

18co 93 6.70 479.2 C

18cp 92 6.18 453.2 J

18cq 92 6.18 453.1 J

18cr 92 6.72 440.2 C

18cs 97 7.84 468.3 I

18ct 98 5.38 467.3 I

18cu 98 6.63 397.2 K

18cv 88 7.17 411.2 L

18cw 100  6.24 427.2 K

18cx 83 6.87 441.2 L

18cy 93 5.45 454.2 K

18cz 97 5.72 468.3 K

18da 98 7.96 489.3 K

18db 98 6.73 440.3 K

18dc 96 8.26 436.2 K

18dd 95 4.05 452.4 J

18de 93 5.36 438.2 A

18df 93 11.22  452.3 A

18dg 96 4.86 438.4 A

18dh 100  4.66 454.4 A

18di 100  4.37 426.4 A

18dj 98 7.86 467.4 M

18dk 97 4.77 463.2 N

18dl 99 4.78 408.1 N

18dm 97 4.89 477.3 N

18dn 97 4.03 466.2 O

18do 99 3.99 466.2 O

NMR Data for Example 18b

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.85 (ArH, d, J=2.46 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (ArH,dd, J=8.75, 2.48 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (OH, s, br, 1H), 8.04 (ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz,1H), 7.59 (ArH, d, J=8.54 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (ArH, d, J=8.83 Hz, 1H),5.03-4.91 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.66 (CH₂, dd, J=13.05, 50.77 Hz, 1H), 4.41(CH₂, d, J=6.75 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 4.04-3.98 (CH₂, m, 1H),3.97-3.68 (CH₂, m, 11H), 3.60 (CH₂, d, J=2.75 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (CH₂, s,1H), 1.50 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

NMR Data for Example 18k

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CHCl₃) δ ppm 10.59-10.51 (OH, m, 1H), 8.18 (ArH, dd,J=4.42, 2.17 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J=8.45 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (ArH, d, J=8.48Hz, 1H), 7.01 (ArH, d, J=9.22 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.37-4.11(CH₂, m, 3H), 4.09-3.65 (OCH₃+CH₂, m, 13H), 2.02-1.94 (CH₂, m, 1H),1.73-1.38 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.50 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 162.05, 161.84, 161.81, 159.16, 150.47,134.52, 129.29, 128.68, 128.43, 127.47, 117.04, 112.75, 110.28, 104.93,104.30, 70.96, 67.12, 66.95, 66.77, 61.97, 55.57, 52.75, 50.99, 44.48and 14.72.

NMR Data for Example 18v

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.07 (ArH, dd, J=7.09, 2.14 Hz, 2H), 7.89(ArH, d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (ArH, d, J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (ArH, d,J=9.31 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (NH, S, Br, 1H), 5.34 (NH, s, Br, 1H), 4.95 (CH₂,dd, J=12.22, 0.66 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.34-4.20 (CH, m, 1H),3.93-3.53 (OCH₃, +CH₂, m, 10H), 2.91 (CH₂, d, J=12.29 Hz, 2H), 2.38(CH₂, s, 2H), 1.89 (CH₂, dd, J=6.92, 6.38 Hz, 2H), 1.76-1.54 (CH₂, m,3H), 1.38 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 176.91, 165.39, 162.98, 161.80, 160.14,159.13, 134.52, 131.20, 129.28, 128.84, 128.44, 119.99, 112.70, 110.26,104.34, 70.97, 67.10, 66.94, 61.97, 55.57, 52.76, 44.52, 43.73, 43.69,43.16, 26.88, and 14.70.

NMR Data for Example 18ab

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.19 (ArH, d, J=7.14 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (ArH,d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ArH, d, J=8.42 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (ArH, d, J=9.13Hz, 1H), 4.82 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.71-4.59 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.47-4.35 (CH₂, m,1H), 3.97 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.85 (CH₂, ddd, J=17.63, 13.74, 9.24 Hz, 8H),2.12 (CH₂, s, Br, 5H), 1.50 (CH₃ d, J=6.75 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) ppm 159.35, 159.10, 134.61, 131.26, 129.22,128.89, 128.54, 112.41, 110.21, 104.39, 71.06, 66.95, 61.99, 55.56,52.80, 44.51, 27.01 and 14.78.

NMR Data for Example 18ax

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.27-8.17 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.00 (ArH, d,J=8.50 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ArH, d, J=8.51 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (ArH, d, J=8.65 Hz,1H), 5.40 (NH, br, s, 1H), 4.81 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.49-4.35 (CH₂, m, 1H),3.97 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.93-3.64 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.58-3.48 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.43(OCH₃, s, 3H), 1.49 (CH₃, d, J=6.71 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH₃, d, J=6.68 Hz,3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.67, 161.56, 160.64, 159.19, 134.53,129.27, 128.83, 128.39, 112.53, 110.30, 76.23, 70.98, 67.00, 62.02,59.18, 55.57, 52.73, 44.31, 18.23, 18.20 and 14.85.

NMR Data for Example 18bn

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.23-8.15 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.99 (ArH, d,J=8.45 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (ArH, d, J=8.35 Hz,1H), 4.81 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.65 (CH, s, br, 1H), 4.05-3.64 (OCH₃+CH₂, m,13H), 3.24 (OH, s, 1H), 1.50 (CH₃, d, J=6.73 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.18, 162.87, 159.34, 159.06, 134.57,131.25, 129.26, 128.84, 128.47, 112.36, 110.20, 104.35, 71.00, 70.97,66.94, 61.91, 55.55, 52.82, 44.43, 27.01 and 14.87.

NMR Data for Example 18bo

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.28-8.17 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.00 (ArH, d,J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ArH, d, J=8.50 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (ArH, d, J=8.60 Hz,1H), 5.51-5.34 (CH, m, 11H), 4.81 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.47-4.34 (CH, m, 1H),4.00 (CH₂, d, J=1.94 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.93-3.89 (CH₂, m,2H), 3.83-3.63 (CH₂, m, 4H), 3.53 (CH₂, d, br, J=4.02 Hz, 2H), 3.43(OCH₃, s, 3H), 1.50 (CH₃, d, J=6.73 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH₃, d, J=6.69 Hz,3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.69, 161.55, 160.67, 159.19, 134.52,131.15, 129.26, 128.84, 128.41, 119.72, 112.58, 110.30, 70.98, 67.12,67.00, 62.05, 59.18, 55.58, 52.73, 44.32, 18.20 and 14.84.

NMR Data for Example 18dj

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.10-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.95 (ArH, d,J=8.41 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.30 (ArH, m, 3H), 5.52-5.27 (NH₂, m, br, 2H), 4.98(CH₂, dd, J=12.74, 0.96 Hz, 2H), 4.31-4.29 (CH, m, 1H), 3.97-3.55 (CH₂,m, 8H), 3.07-2.86 (CH₂, m, 2H), 2.45-2.35 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.99-1.88 (CH₂,m, br, 2H), 1.70 (CH₂, m, 2H), 1.41 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 176.75, 170.03, 165.35, 162.99, 161.12,160.17, 137.17, 136.10, 134.83, 129.19, 128.76, 112.81, 104.86, 100.00,70.95, 67.12, 66.91, 52.83, 44.50, 43.72, 43.68, 43.10, 28.88 and 14.73.

NMR Data for Example 18dk

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, d, J=1.86 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (ArH,dd, J=8.76, 2.36 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (NH, s, weak signal, 1H), 7.91 (ArH, d,J=8.45 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (ArH, d, J=8.75 Hz,1H), 5.54-5.45 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.97 (NH₂, br, s, 2H), 4.37-4.24 (CH₂, m,1H), 3.97-3.54 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.09-2.87 (CH₂, m, 2H), 2.77 (NHCH₃, d,J=4.82 Hz, 3H), 2.42-2.24 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.87 (CH₂, d, J=0.84 Hz, 2H),1.79-1.59 (CH₂, m, 2H), 1.40 (CH₃, d, J=6.76 Hz, 3H).

NMR Data for Example 18dl

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.68 (ArH, d, J=1.98 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (ArH,dd, J=8.87, 2.32 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (NH, s, br, weak signal 1H), 7.99 (ArH,d, J=8.47 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (ArH, d, J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (ArH, d, J=8.85Hz, 1H), 4.38 (CH₂, d, J=6.77 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.82 (CH₂, m, 7H), 3.81-3.62(CH₂, m, 7H), 1.47 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 165.16, 162.79, 160.31, 159.09, 158.45,143.98, 139.12, 135.00, 124.48, 111.80, 110.03, 104.70, 70.92, 67.00,66.90, 52.81, 44.57, 44.40 and 14.78.

NMR Data for Example 18dm

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, d, J=2.05 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (ArH,dd, J=8.76, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (ArH, dd, J=8.45, 2.12 Hz, 1H), 7.26(ArH, dd, J=8.47, 0.73 Hz, 11H), 6.57 (ArH, d, J=8.76 Hz, 1H), 5.10-4.87(NH₂, m, 2H), 4.37-4.22 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.96-3.51 (CH₂, m, 6H), 3.08(NCH₃+CH₂, s, 4H), 2.95-2.91 (NCH₃, s, 3H), 2.80-2.59 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.76(CH₂, d, J=2.61 Hz, 3H), 1.64-1.44 (CH, m, 1H), 1.38 (CH₃, t, J=6.34,6.34 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 173.59, 165.46, 165.31, 163.03, 160.17,158.89, 145.99, 138.35, 134.76, 124.89, 111.71, 109.15, 104.41, 70.96,66.96, 52.81, 46.85, 44.38, 39.43, 37.26, 35.56, 28.06, 24.95 and 14.71.

NMR Data for Example 18dn

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.10 (ArH, d, J=7.89 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (ArH, d,J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (ArH, d, J=8.55 Hz,1H), 4.88 (CH₂, d, J=5.25 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.56 (CH₂, d,J=13.38 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.36 (CH₂, m, 1H), 4.02-3.51 (OCH₃+CH₂, m, 1H),3.43-3.33 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.47 (CH₃, d, J=6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d,J=6.78 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃COCD₃) δ ppm 165.11, 162.27, 161.87, 159.54, 159.23,134.74, 130.76, 129.41, 128.86, 128.39, 113.09, 110.32, 104.45, 71.20,70.95, 67.17, 66.91, 61.80, 55.57, 52.82, 47.05, 44.44, 39.45, 14.74 and14.44.

NMR Data for Example 18do

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃ δ ppm 8.10 (ArH, d, J=8.76 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (ArH, d,J=8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ArH, d, J=8.46 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (ArH, d, J=8.37 Hz,1H), 4.88 (CH₂, d, J=5.46 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (CH₂OH, s, 2H), 4.58-4.49 (CH₂,m, 1H), 4.39-4.36 (CH₂, d J=7.41 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.51 (OCH₃+CH₂, m, 11H),3.43-3.33 (CH₂, m, 1H), 1.48 (CH₃, d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH₃, d,J=6.78 Hz, 3H).

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CD₃COCD₃) δ ppm 165.05, 161.87, 159.45, 159.24, 134.78,130.70, 129.44, 128.86, 128.38, 113.14, 110.33, 104.43, 71.19, 70.95,67.16, 66.90, 61.77, 55.57, 52.82, 47.08, 44.44, 39.47, 14.76 and 14.44.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (18a) 0.03 μM; Ex. (18b) 0.11M;Ex. (18c) 0.066 μM; Ex. (18d) 0.15 μM; Ex. (18e) 0.039 μM; Ex. (18f)0.038 μM; Ex. (18g) 0.031 μM; Ex. (18h) 0.23 μM; Ex. (18i) 0.03 μM; Ex.(18j) 0.088 μM; Ex. (18k) 0.019 μM; Ex. (18l) 0.097 μM; Ex. (18m) 0.042μM; Ex. (18n) 0.31 μM; Ex. (18o) 0.51 μM; Ex. (18p) 0.25 μM; Ex. (18q)0.11 μM; Ex. (18r) 0.18 μM; Ex. (18s) 0.037 μM; Ex. (18t) 0.054 μM; Ex.(18u) 0.073 μM; Ex. (18v) 0.014 μM; Ex. (18w) 0.25 μM; Ex. (18x) 0.014μM; Ex. (18y) 0.023 μM; Ex. (18z) 0.088 μM; Ex. (18aa) 0.019 μM; Ex.(18ab) 0.012 μM; Ex. (18ac) 0.014 μM; Ex. (18ad) 0.078 μM; Ex. (18ae)0.034 μM; Ex. (18af) 0.23 μM; Ex. (18ag) 0.25 μM; Ex. (18ah) 0.03 μM;Ex. (18ai) 0.063 μM; Ex. (18aj) 0.022 μM; Ex. (18ak) 0.42 μM; Ex. (18al)0.36 μM; Ex. (18am) 0.077 μM; Ex. (18an) 0.14 μM; Ex. (18ao) 0.073 μM;Ex. (18ap) 0.013 μM; Ex. (18aq) 0.19 μM; Ex. (18ar) 0.079 μM; Ex. (18as)0.08 μM; Ex. (18at) 0.78 μM; Ex. (18au) 0.11 μM; Ex. (18av) 0.27 μM; Ex.(18aw) 0.058 μM; Ex. (18ax) 0.026 μM; Ex. (18ay) 0.087 μM; Ex. (18az)0.092 μM; Ex. (18ba) 0.16 μM; Ex. (18bb) 0.65 μM; Ex. (18bc) 0.043 μM;Ex. (18bd) 0.19M; Ex. (18be) 0.79 μM; Ex. (18bf) 0.077 μM; Ex. (18bg)0.047 μM; Ex. (18bh) 0.04 μM; Ex. (18bi) 0.32 μM; Ex. (18bj) 0.024 μM;Ex. (18bk) 0.022 μM; Ex. (18bl) 0.61 μM; Ex. (18bm) 0.025 μM; Ex. (18bn)0.01 μM; Ex. (18bo) 0.058 μM; Ex. (18 bp) 0.049 μM; Ex. (18bq) 0.072 μM;Ex. (18br) 0.03 μM; Ex. (18bs) 0.042 μM; Ex. (18bt) 0.062 μM; Ex. (18bu)0.047 μM; Ex. (18by) 0.11 M; Ex. (18bw) 0.031 μM; Ex. (18bx) 0.035 μM;Ex. (18by) 0.039 μM; Ex. (18bz) 0.01 μM; Ex. (18ca) 0.0026 μM; Ex.(18cb) 0.25 μM; Ex. (18 cc) 0.018 μM; Ex. (18cd) 0.025 μM; Ex. (18ce)0.37 μM; Ex. (18cf) 0.013 μM; Ex. (18cg) 0.067 μM; Ex. (18ch) 0.078 μM;Ex. (18ci) 0.068 μM; Ex. (18cj) 0.055 μM; Ex. (18ck) 0.0095 μM; Ex.(18cl) 0.023 μM; Ex. (18 cm) 0.029 μM; Ex. (18cn) 0.013 μM; Ex. (18co)0.0052 μM; Ex. (18 cp) 0.0057 μM; Ex. (18cq) 0.027 μM; Ex. (18cr) 0.0063μM; Ex. (18cs) 0.0047 μM; Ex. (18ct) 0.097 μM; Ex. (18cu) 0.08 μM; Ex.(18cv) 0.043 μM; Ex. (18cw) 0.034 μM; Ex. (18cx) 0.024 μM; Ex. (18cy)0.12 μM; Ex. (18cz) 0.079 μM; Ex. (18da) 0.71 μM; Ex. (18 db) 0.0031 μM;Ex. (18dc) 0.21 μM; Ex. (18dd) 0.028 μM; Ex. (18de) 0.26 μM; Ex. (18df)0.4 μM; Ex. (18dg) 0.3 μM; Ex. (18dh) 0.15 μM; Ex. (18di) 0.15 μM; Ex.(18dj) 0.052 μM; Ex. (18dm) 0.061 μM; Ex. (18dn) 0.0094 μM; Ex. (18do)0.026 μM. Tested in phospho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (18dk) 0.6821 μM; Ex.(18dl) 0.2951 μM.

Example 19

The chloro-substrates were reported in Example 18.

Compounds 19a to 19x

Conditions A:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (3.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.0 equiv) inacetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.026 M of chloro-substrate) was addedtetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv). The reactionvessel was sealed and heated at 95° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion thesamples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH₂Cl₂ andmethanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesiumfluoride (3.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.0 equiv) inacetonitrile (0.026 M of chloro-substrate) was addedtetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰ (0.05 equiv). The reactionvessel was sealed and heated at 95° C. for 2 hours. Upon completion thesamples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH₂Cl₂ andmethanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions C:

To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassiumcarbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester orboronic acid (1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M ofchloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium⁰(0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwaveradiation (150° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes undernitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were concentrated invacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to givethe desired products.

TABLE 19 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 19a 93 7.66 433.2 A

19b 88 8.95 471.3 A

19c 79 7.54 473.3 A

19d 92 11.14  519.3 A

19e 99 6.14 472.3 A

19f 90 7.43 458.3 A

19g 84 10.52  532.3 A

19h 75 9.58 501.3 B

19i 94 11.13  488.3 A

19j 84 7.36 444.3 A

19k 88 7.33 486.3 A

19l 88 8.75 487.3 A

19m 93 11.64  511.3 A

19n 87 9.26 457.3 A

19o 89 9.05 473.3 A

19p 97 4.31 444.3 C

19q 95 4.13 414.2 C

19r 94 4.14 414.2 C

19s 97 4.43 444.2 C

19t 98 4.28 444.2 C

19u 87 4.41 432.2 C

19v 98 4.07 417.2 C

19w 96 4.12 445.3 C

19x 99 5.66 418.2 A

NMR Data for Example 19j

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 9.63 (ArH, d, J=1.49 Hz, 1H), 8.84-8.69(ArH, m, 2H), 8.49-8.37 (ArH, m, 1H), 8.19 (ArH, dd, J=8.61, 2.35 Hz,1H), 8.00 (ArH, d, J=8.76 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (ArH, ddd, J=7.99, 4.81, 0.71Hz, 1H), 7.15 (ArH, d, J=8.71 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (ArH, dd, J=2.03, 1.13 Hz,1H), 5.23 (CH, m, 1H), 4.78 (CH, d, J=6.83 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (CH₂OH, s, 2H),4.22 (CH₂, d, J=13.08 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.92 (CH₂, m, 1H), 3.98 (OCH₃, s,3H), 3.88-3.61 (CH₂, m, 3H), 2.50 1.49 (CH₃, d, J=6.79 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 164.91, 161.77, 161.25, 160.36, 158.71,151.75, 149.97, 136.10, 133.86, 131.45, 129.97, 127.92, 126.79, 124.08,117.24, 110.92, 108.15, 70.77, 66.83, 66.80, 58.39, 56.04, 52.15, 44.39and 15.24.

NMR Data for Example 19x

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.86-9.80 (ArH, m, 1H), 9.00-8.91 (ArH, m,1H), 8.77 (ArH, dd, J=4.80, 1.71 Hz, 3H), 8.28 (ArH, ddd, J=9.24, 8.03,5.57 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (ArH, d, J=8.64 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.53 (ArH, m, 2H),7.53-7.43 (CH, m, 1H), 4.72 (CH₂, d, J=6.93 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.23 (CH₂, m,1H), 4.00-3.80 (CH₂, m, 4H), 1.65 (CH₃, d, J=6.81 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 164.55, 161.73, 161.53, 151.52, 150.66,136.99, 136.34, 134.91, 133.42, 129.34, 129.12, 123.19, 119.66, 117.15,108.64, 106.49, 70.98, 67.02, 52.92, 44.49 and 15.16.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (19a) 0.048 μM; Ex. (19b) 0.018μM; Ex. (19c) 0.052 μM; Ex. (19d) 0.25 μM; Ex. (19e) 0.11 μM; Ex. (19f)0.096 μM; Ex. (19g) 0.0087 μM; Ex. (19h) 0.77 μM; Ex. (19i) 0.28 μM; Ex.(19j) 0.057 μM; Ex. (19k) 0.077 μM; Ex. (19l) 0.12 μM; Ex. (19m) 0.41μM; Ex. (19n) 0.22 μM; Ex. (19o) 0.19 μM; Ex. (19p) 0.24 μM; Ex. (19q)0.14 μM; Ex. (19r) 0.012 μM; Ex. (19s) 2 μM; Ex. (19t) 0.097 μM; Ex.(19u) 0.055 μM; Ex. (19v) 0.07 μM; Ex. (19w) 0.086 μM; Ex. (19x) 0.81μM.

Example 20

The amino substrate was reported in Example 18.

Compounds 20a to 20c

Conditions A:

The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.04 M).The appropriate sulfonyl chloride (2.0 equiv) was added. The reactionvessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (140° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

Conditions B:

The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in DMF (0.04 M).The appropriate acyl chloride (1.2 equiv) and potassium carbonate (2.4equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed tomicrowave radiation (140° C., medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes.Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The cruderesidue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desiredproducts.

Conditions C:

The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in DMF (0.09 M).The appropriate acyl chloride (3.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vesselwas sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130° C., mediumabsorption setting) for 15 minutes. Upon completion the samples wereconcentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified bypreparative HPLC to give the desired products.

TABLE 20 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Conditions ExampleStructure 20a 93 4.67 536.5 A

20b 97 4.58 486.4 B

20c 85 4.56 436.3 C

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (20a) 1.4 μM; Ex. (20b) 0.67 μM;Ex. (20c) 0.024 μM.

Example 21

The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 18.

Compound 21a

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in ethanol(0.025 M). Sodium formate (11.0 equiv) and palladium on carbon (0.5equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 100° C.for 12 hours. Upon completion the sample was filtered through Celite™,and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was thenpurified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to95% acetonitrile in 0.1% formic acid/water, to give the desired product.

TABLE 21 Retention Purity time m/z (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ Example Structure21a 97 5.94 367.3

NMR Data for Example 21a

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.70 (ArH, s, 1H), 8.42-8.37 (ArH, m, 2H),8.16 (ArH, dd, J=8.59, 2.34 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (ArH, d, J=8.79 Hz, 1H), 7.14(ArH, d, J=8.69 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (CH, t, J=5.67, 5.67 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (CH₂,d, J=5.61 Hz, 2H), 4.05-3.93 (CH₂, m, 2H), 3.89 (OCH₃, s, 3H), 3.80-3.59(CH₂, m, 4H), 3.57 (s, 1H), 3.31 (s, 1H), 2.50 (td, J=3.64, 1.80, 1.80Hz, 1H), 1.42 (CH₃, d, J=6.79 Hz, 3H)

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 164.04, 161.48, 160.52, 158.69, 157.38,136.11, 131.43, 129.96, 127.87, 126.77, 117.33, 110.93, 109.11, 70.71,66.83, 58.37, 56.03, 52.14, 44.28 and 15.17.

Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (21a) 0.2 μM.

Comparative Example 1

Using the method of Example 1, to a cooled (0-5° C.) stirred solution(0.1 M) of the appropriate trichloro substrate (1 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ wasadded diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) in a dropwise fashion. Theappropriate amine (1 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixtureportionwise over the period of 1 hour. The solution was maintained atroom temperature with stirring for a further 1 hour before the mixturewas washed with water (2×1 reaction volume). The aqueous extracts werecombined and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×1reaction volume). The organicextracts were then combined, dried (sodium sulphate), filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue which solidified uponprolonged drying. The solid was triturated with diethylether and thenfiltered and the cake washed with cold diethyl ether to leave the titlecompound in a suitably clean form to be used without any furtherpurification.

2,7-Dichloro-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=morpholine:(92% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 285 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.90 min

To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate dichloro-substrate (1 equiv) inanhydrous dimethyl acetamide under an inert atmosphere was addeddiisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) followed by the appropriate amine (1equiv). The resulting mixture was heated for 48 hours at 70° C. beforebeing cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted withCH₂Cl₂ (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water (3×1 reactionvolumes). The organic extract was concentrated in vacuo to give a syrupwhich was dissolved in EtOAC (1 reaction volume) and washed withsaturated brine solution before being dried, filtered (sodium sulphate)and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The crude residue was purifiedby flash chromatography (SiO₂, eluted with EtOAc:Hex (7:3) going to(1:1)) to give the title compound as a yellow solid that was suitablyclean to be used without any further purification.

7-Chloro-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine—R1=morpholine,R2=cis-dimethylmorpholine: (42% yield, 100% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):364 [M+H]⁺ R/T=2.96 min

7-Chloro-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidineR1=morpholine, R2=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine: (70% yield, 97% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 350 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.44 min

7-Chloro-2-(2-ethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidineR1=morpholine, R2=2-Ethyl-piperidine: (56% yield, 95% purity) m/z(LC-MS, ESP): 362 [M+H]⁺ R/T=3.78 min

Comparative Examples 1a, 1b, 1c, 1j, and 1k

-   R⁴=morpholine-   R²=(S)-3-methyl-morpholine or cis-dimethylmorpholine or    2-Ethyl-piperidine-   R⁷=aryl or heteroaryl

The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in atoluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) andthe appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) werethen added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium, (0.1equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed tomicrowave radiation (140° C., medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes.Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge,washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue wasthen purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired comparativeexamples.

The following Comparative Examples were prepared

Retention Purity time m/z Comparative (%) (min) [M + H]⁺ ExampleStructure 1a 99 4.13 452.3

1b 95 3.95 452.3

1c 99 9.01 464.4

1j 88 8.57 406.5

1k 93 8.12 412.3

Example 22 Biological Assay

For mTOR enzyme activity assays, mTOR protein was isolated from HeLacell cytoplasmic extract by immunoprecipitation, and activity determinedessentially as described previously using recombinant PHAS-1 as asubstrate (ref. 21).

Examples 1a-1l, 1ak, 1al, 1ap, 1at, 1az, 3l, 4a, 4c, 4d, 4f, 4i, 4w, 4x,5q were tested and exhibited IC₅₀ values against mTOR of less than 200nM. For example 5q was measured to have an IC50 of 46 nm.

The comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to thecorresponding Examples, the exhibited IC₅₀ values for the ComparativeExamples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples (ie IC50Comparative Example 1a>IC50 Example 1a). For example Example 1k wasmeasured to have an IC50 of 5 nm whereas Comparative Example 1k wasmeasured to have an IC50 of 33 nm. Therefore, compounds of the presentinvention are more active in the mTOR assay.

Example 23 Alternative Enzyme Assay

The assay used AlphaScreen technology (Gray et al., AnalyticalBiochemistry, 2003, 313: 234-245) to determine the ability of testcompounds to inhibit phosphorylation by recombinant mTOR.

A C-terminal truncation of mTOR encompassing amino acid residues 1362 to2549 of mTOR (EMBL Accession No. L34075) was stably expressed as aFLAG-tagged fusion in HEK293 cells as described by Vilella-Bach et al.,Journal of Biochemistry, 1999, 274, 4266-4272. The HEK293 FLAG-taggedmTOR (1362-2549) stable cell line was routinely maintained at 37° C.with 5% CO₂ up to a confluency of 70-90% in Dulbecco's modified Eagle'sgrowth medium (DMEM; Invitrogen Limited, Paisley, UK Catalogue No.41966-029) containing 10% heat-inactivated foetal calf serum (FCS;Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue No. F0392), 1% L-glutamine (Gibco,Catalogue No. 25030-024) and 2 mg/ml Geneticin (G418 sulphate;Invitrogen Limited, UK Catalogue No. 10131-027). Following expression inthe mammalian HEK293 cell line, expressed protein was purified using theFLAG epitope tag using standard purification techniques.

Test compounds were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO anddiluted into water as required to give a range of final assayconcentrations. Aliquots (2 μl) of each compound dilution were placedinto a well of a Greiner 384-well low volume (LV) white polystyreneplate (Greiner Bio-one). A 10 pt mixture of recombinant purified mTORenzyme, 1 μM biotinylated peptide substrate(Biotin-Ahx-Lys-Lys-Ala-Asn-Gln-Val-Phe-Leu-Gly-Phe-Thr-Tyr-Val-Ala-Pro-Ser-Val-Leu-Glu-Ser-Val-Lys-Glu-NH₂;Bachem UK Ltd), ATP (20 μM) in a buffer solution [comprising Tris-HClpH7.4 buffer (50 mM), EGTA (0.1 mM), bovine serum albumin (0.5 mg/ml),DTT (1.25 mM) and manganese chloride (10 mM)] were added to the assayplates and incubated with compound for 2 hours at room temperature.

Each reaction was stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a mixture of EDTA(50 mM), bovine serum albumin (BSA; 0.5 mg/ml) and Tris-HCl pH7.4 buffer(50 mM) containing p70 S6 Kinase (T389) 1A5 Monoclonal Antibody (CellSignalling Technology, Catalogue No. 9206B) and AlphaScreen Streptavidindonor and Protein A acceptor beads (200 ng/well Perkin Elmer, CatalogueNo. 6760002B and 6760137R respectively). Assay plates were left forapprox 16 hours at room temperature before measurement. The resultantsignals arising from laser light excitation at 680 nm were measuredusing a Packard Envision instrument. Phosphorylated biotinylated peptideis formed in situ as a result of mTOR mediated phosphorylation. Thephosphorylated biotinylated peptide that is associated with AlphaScreenStreptavidin donor beads forms a complex with the p70 S6 Kinase (T389)1A5 Monoclonal Antibody that is associated with Alphascreen Protein Aacceptor beads. Upon laser light excitation at 680 nm, the donor bead:acceptor bead complex produces a signal that can be measured.Accordingly, the presence of mTOR kinase activity results in an assaysignal. In the presence of an mTOR kinase inhibitor, signal strength isreduced.

Control wells that produced a maximum signal corresponding to maximumenzyme activity were created by using 5% DMSO instead of test compound.Control wells that produced a minimum signal corresponding to fullyinhibited enzyme were created by adding EDTA (83 mM) instead of testcompound.

mTOR enzyme inhibition for a given test compound was expressed as anIC₅₀ value.

The compounds tested in this assay exhibited IC₅₀ values against mTOR ofless than 40 μm.

The following compounds exhibited IC₅₀ values against mTOR of less than1m: 1bp, 1ca, 1cb, 1cd, 12e, 18df, 1m, 1q, 1r, 17, 19h, 19m, 18n, 18o,18ak, 18al, 18at, 1t, 18bb, 18be, 18bi, 18bl, 1x, 1y, 1ba, 1z, 20b, 1ae,7a, 7h, 18ce, 5f, 4af, 4ag, 4aj, 5y, 3b, 5j, 5k, 5p, 3w, 3y, 3z, 11a,18da, 3m, 3o, 3p, 3r, 3s, 1aj, 5r, 5s, 1cn, 2a, 2b, 1cq, 1cr, 2d, 3ad,2h, 1cw and 1dd, with the following compounds exhibiting IC₅₀ valuesagainst mTOR of less than 300 nM: 1c, 1bq, 1bt, 1ch, 1ci, 4ap, 4at, 4aw,4ax, 4ay, 4bd, 12b, 18de, 18dh, 18di, 18dg, 21a, 1o, 18b, 18d, 18h, 19d,19e, 19i, 19i, 19n, 19o, 18p, 18q, 18r, 18w, 18af, 18ag, 18an, 18aq,18au, 18av, 1v, 18ay, 18ba, 18bd, 1bg, 1w, 1ac, 4p, 9a, 1bb, 1av, 7b,7e, 7f, 7g, 7k, 7j, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5g, 4v, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4aa, 4ae, 4ah, 4ai,5u, 5v, 5w, 5x, 3d, 3f, 18by, 18cb, 3h, 5h, 5i, 5l, 5o, 3l, 3j, 3v, 3x,3u, 3ab, 1al, 1am, 1an, 1be, 18cy, 18dc, 13a, 19p, 19q, 3k, 3n, 3q, 13f,13b, 4g, 1au, 5q, 1ay, 18dj, 13c, 13e, 10a, 1cl, 2c, 2e, 1cs, 2i, 8d,13g and 1cu, with the following compounds exhibiting IC₅₀ values againstmTOR of less than 100 nM: 1b, 1a, 1d, 1bl, 1bm, 1bn, 1f, 1bo, 1i, 1g,1h, 1br, 1bs, 1bu, 1bv, 1e, 1j, 1bw, 1bx, 1by, 1bz, 1cc, 1ce, 1k, 1cf,1cg, 1l, 1cj, 4al, 4am, 4an, 4ao, 4aq, 4ar, 4as, 4au, 4av, 4az, 4ba,4bb, 4bc, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12d, 12a, 18a, 6a, 1as, 1ax, 1n, 1p, 1s, 1ck,18c, 18e, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18j, 18k, 1ar, 19a, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19g, 19j,19k, 18l, 18m, 1bd, 1aq, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18z, 18aa, 18ab,18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ai, 18aj, 18am, 18ao, 18ap, 18ar, 18as, 18aw,18ax, 18az, 18bc, 18bf, 18bg, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 15a, 18bm, 8b, 4h, 14a,8a, 1aa, 1ab, 1ad, 1af, 1ag, 14b, 1bc, 4i, 1ah, 4j, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o,18bn, 18bo, 4u, 1bh, 16a, 1at. 7c, 7d, 7i, 3a, 3c, 5a, 5b, 4w, 4ac, 4ad,5t, 3e, 3g, 18bp, 18bq, 18br, 18bs, 18bt, 18bu, 18bw, 18by, 18bz, 18ca,18cc, 18cd, 18cf, 18cg, 18ch, 18ci, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18bx, 18cm,18cv, 1bi, 1bj, 4a, 1aw, 3t, 3aa, 1ap, 1bf, 18cn, 18co, 18cp, 18cs,18ct, 18cu, 18cw, 18cx, 18cz, 18cq, 19r, 19t, 31, 19u, 19v, 19w, 20c,1u, 4b, 4q, 4t, 4c, 4e, 4f, 18dd, 4d, m/z, 4r, 4s, 2f, 2g, 2j and 1cv.For example, Compound 4aa has an IC₅₀ of 151 nM.

The Comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to thecorresponding Examples, the exhibited IC₅₀ values for the ComparativeExamples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples. Forexample Example 1k was measured to have an IC₅₀ of 151 nm whereasComparative Example 1k was measured to have an IC50 of 225 nm.Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active inreducing cell growth.

Example 24 Cell Proliferation Assay (GI₅₀)

Cell growth was assessed using the sulforhodamine B (SRB) assay (A).T47D (ECACC, 85102201) cells were routinely passaged in RPMI(Invitrogen, 42401018) plus 10% foetal calf serum (FCS), 1% L-glutamine(Gibco BRL, 25030) to a confluence not greater than 80%. To undertakethe assay, T47D cells were seeded at 2.5×10³ cells/ well in 90 μl RPMIplus 10% foetal calf serum, 1% L-glutamine in 96 well plates (Costar,3904) and incubated at 37° C. (+5% CO₂) in a humidified incubator. Oncethe cells had fully adhered (typically following 4-5 hours incubation)the plate was removed from the incubator and 10 μL of the diluent addedto the control wells (A1-12 and Bl-12). Compound was prepared in a sixpoint semi-log dilution at 10× the final concentration required e.g. fora 6 point range of 30 μM to 100 nM in semi-log steps dilution started at300 μM in stock plate. Dosing was completed by addition of 10 μL ofcompound at highest concentration to C1-12 through to the lowestconcentration in H1-12. The plates were then incubated for 120 hoursprior to SRB analysis.

Upon completion of incubation, media was removed and the cells fixedwith 100 μl of ice cold 10% (w/v) trichloroacetic acid. The plates wereincubated at 4° C. for 20 minutes and then washed four times with water.Each well of cells was then stained with 100 μl of 0.4% (w/v) SRB(Sulforhodamine B, Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue number S-9012) in1% acetic acid for 20 minutes before washing four times with 1% aceticacid. Plates were then dried for 2 hours at room temperature. The dyefrom the stained cells was solubilized by the addition of 100 μl of 10mM Tris Base into each well. Plates were gently shaken and left at roomtemperature for 30 minutes before measuring the optical density at 564nM on a Microquant microtiter plate reader. The concentration ofinhibitor eliciting a 50% reduction in growth (GI₅₀) was determined byanalysis of staining intensity of the treated cells as a percentage ofthe vehicle control wells using Excelfit software.

(A) Skehan, P., Storung, R., Scudiero, R., Monks, A., McMahon, J.,Vistica, D., Warren, J. T., Bokesch, H., Kenny, S, and Boyd, M. R.(1990) New colorimetric cytotoxicity assay for anticancer-drugscreening. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82, 1107-1112.

Examples 1a-11 were tested and exhibited GI₅₀ values of less than 300nM.

The Comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to thecorresponding Examples, the exhibited GI₅₀ values for the ComparativeExamples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples (ie GI₅₀Comparative Example 1a>GI₅₀ Example 1a). For example Example 1k wasmeasured to have an GI50 of 32 nm whereas Comparative Example 1k wasmeasured to have an GI50 of 268 nm. Therefore, compounds of the presentinvention are more active in reducing cell growth.

Example 25 In Vitro phospho-Ser473 Akt Assay

This assay determines the ability of test compounds to inhibitphosphorylation of Serine 473 in Akt as assessed using Acumen Explorertechnology (Acumen Bioscience Limited), a plate reader that can be usedto rapidly quantitate features of images generated by laser-scanning.

A MDA-MB-468 human breast adenocarcinoma cell line (LGC Promochem,Teddington, Middlesex, UK, Catalogue No. HTB-132) was routinelymaintained at 37° C. with 5% CO₂ up to a confluency of 70-90% in DMEMcontaining 10% heat-inactivated FCS and 1% L-glutamine.

For the assay, the cells were detached from the culture flask using‘Accutase’ (Innovative Cell Technologies Inc., San Diego, Calif., USA;Catalogue No. AT104) using standard tissue culture methods andresuspended in media to give 1.7×10⁵ cells per ml. Aliquots (90 μl) wereseeded into each of the inner 60 wells of a black Packard 96 well plate(PerkinElmer, Boston, Mass., USA; Catalogue No. 6005182) to give adensity of ˜15000 cells per well. Aliquots (90 μl) of culture media wereplaced in the outer wells to prevent edge effects. The cells wereincubated overnight at 37° C. with 5% CO₂ to allow them to adhere.

On day 2, the cells were treated with test compounds and incubated for 2hours at 37° C. with 5% CO₂. Test compounds were prepared as 10 mM stocksolutions in DMSO and serially diluted as required with growth media togive a range of concentrations that were 10-fold the required final testconcentrations. Aliquots (10 μl) of each compound dilution were placedin a well (in triplicate) to give the final required concentrations. Asa minimum response control, each plate contained wells having a finalconcentration of 100 μM LY294002 (Calbiochem, Beeston, UK, Catalogue No.440202). As a maximum response control, wells contained 1% DMSO insteadof test compound. Following incubation, the contents of the plates werefixed by treatment with a 1.6% aqueous formaldehyde solution (Sigma,Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue No. F1635) at room temperature for 1 hour.

All subsequent aspiration and wash steps were carried out using a Tecan96 well plate washer (aspiration speed 10 mm/sec). The fixing solutionwas removed and the contents of the plates were washed withphosphate-buffered saline (PBS; 50 μl; Gibco, Catalogue No. 10010015).The contents of the plates were treated for 10 minutes at roomtemperature with an aliquot (50 μl) of a cell permeabilisation bufferconsisting of a mixture of PBS and 0.5% Tween-20. The ‘permeabilisation’buffer was removed and non-specific binding sites were blocked bytreatment for 1 hour at room temperature of an aliquot (50 μl) of ablocking buffer consisting of 5% dried skimmed milk [‘Marvel’(registered trade mark); Premier Beverages, Stafford, GB] in a mixtureof PBS and 0.05% Tween-20. The ‘blocking’ buffer was removed and thecells were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with rabbit antiphospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody solution (50 pt per well; Cell Signalling,Hitchin, Herts, U.K., Catalogue No 9277) that had been diluted 1:500 in‘blocking’ buffer. Cells were washed three times in a mixture of PBS and0.05% Tween-20. Subsequently, cells were incubated for 1 hour at roomtemperature with Alexafluor488 labelled goat anti-rabbit IgG (50 μl perwell; Molecular Probes, Invitrogen Limited, Paisley, UK, Catalogue No.A11008) that had been diluted 1:500 in ‘blocking’ buffer. Cells werewashed 3 times with a mixture of PBS and 0.05% Tween-20. An aliquot ofPBS (50 μl) was added to each well and the plates were sealed with blackplate sealers and the fluorescence signal was detected and analysed.

Fluorescence dose response data obtained with each compound wereanalysed and the degree of inhibition of Serine 473 in Akt was expressedas an IC₅₀ value.

The compounds tested in this assay exhibited IC₅₀ values against mTOR ofless than 10 μm.

The following compounds exhibited IC₅₀ values against mTOR of less than1 μm: 1bu, 1ce, 12b, 18de, 18dg, 18j, 1ar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 19l, 19m, 19n,19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa, 18ag, 18ai, 18al, 1v, 18az, 1ah, 7e, 7i, 7j,5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t, 5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv,18by, 18cb, 18cv, 1aw, 3u, 1bf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, 1au, 5r,4t, 18dj, 1cl, 2d, 2e, 1cs, 2h, 2j and 1cw, with the following compoundsexhibiting IC₅₀ values against mTOR of less than 300 nM: 1bo, 1bp, 1j,1bx, 1by, 1cf, 1ci, 1cj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, 1n, 1p, 1q,18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, 1bd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq,18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, 1ab, 4p, 9a, 1av, 3a, 5b, 5c,Se, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci,18bx, 5n, 1am, 1ao, 18cn, 18cx, 1bk, 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, 1cp, 1cq,2f, 2g, 13g, 1cv and 1ct, with the following compounds exhibiting IC₅₀values against mTOR of less than 100 nM: 1b, 1a, 1c, 1d, 1bl, 1bm, 1f,1i, 1g, 1h, 1br, 1bs, 1bv, 1e, 1bz, 1cc, 1k, 1cg, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq,4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c,12a, 18a, 1as, 1s, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r,18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an,18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh,18bj, 18bm, 1bg, 8b, 4h, 1ba, 8a, 1aa, 1ac, 1ae, 1af, 1ag, 14b, 1bc, 4i,4j, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, 1bb, 1at, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g,7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch,18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18 cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, 1ak, 1al, 1ap, 1be, 18co,18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 3l, 1u, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, m/z, 4r, 4s, 1cn,1co and 3ad. For example, Compound 18di has an IC₅₀ of 151 nM TheComparative Examples were also tested and when compared to thecorresponding Examples, the exhibited IC₅₀ values for the ComparativeExamples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples. Forexample Example 1k was measured to have an IC₅₀ of 83 nm whereasComparative Example 1k was measured to have an IC50 of 412 nm.Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active inreducing cell growth.

REFERENCE LIST

The following documents are all herein incorporated by reference.

-   1) Brown, et al., Nature, 369, 756-758 (1994)-   2) Chiu, et al., Proc Natal Accad Sic, 91, 12574-12578 (1994)-   3) Sabatini, et al., Cell, 78, 3543, (1994)-   4) Sabers, et al., J Biol Chem, 270, 825-822 (1995)-   5) Abraham, Curr Opin Immunol, 8, 412-418 (1996)-   6) Schmeltzer and Hall, Cell, 103, 253-262 (2000)-   7) Burnett, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci, 95, 1432-1437 (1998)-   8) Terada, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci, 91, 11477-11481 (1994)-   9) Jeffries, et al., EMBO J, 16, 3693-3704 (1997)-   10) Bjornsti and Houghton, Nat Rev Cancer, 4, 335-348 (2004)-   11) Gingras, et al., Genes Dev, 13, 1422-1437 (1999)-   12) Gingras, et al., Genes Dev, 15, 807-826 (2001)-   13) Neuhaus, et al., Liver Transplantation, 7, 473-484 (2001)-   14) Woods and Marks, Ann Rev Med, 55, 169-178 (2004)-   15) Dahia, Endocrine-Related Cancer, 7, 115-129 (2000)-   16) Cristofano and Pandolfi, Cell, 100, 387-390 (2000)-   17) Samuels, et al., Science, 304, 554 (2004)-   18) Huang and Houghton, Curr Opin Pharmacol, 3, 371-377 (2003)-   19) Sawyers, Cancer Cell, 4, 343-348 (2003)-   20) Huang and Houghton, Curr Opin in Invest Drugs, 3, 295-304 (2002)-   21) Brunn, et al., EMBO J, 15, 5256-5267 (1996)-   22) Edinger, et al., Cancer Res, 63, 8451-8460, (2003)-   23) Lawrence, et al., Curr Top Microbiol Immunol, 279, 199-213    (2004)-   24) Eshleman, et al., Cancer Res, 62, 7291-7297 (2002)-   25) Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).-   26) Green, T. and Wuts, P., “Protective Groups in Organic    Synthesis”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999).-   27) “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives”, 2nd Edition (eds. M. Ash    and I. Ash), 2001 (Synapse Information Resources, Inc., Endicott,    N.Y., USA).-   28) “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences”, 20th edition, pub.    Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000.-   29) “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients”, 2nd edition, 1994.

1. A compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X⁸ is N, X⁵ and X⁶ are CH; R⁷ is


2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is a compound of formula Ib:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is a compound of formula Ia:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 4. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 3, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 5. A method for producing a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal in need thereof which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound according to claim 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 6. A compound which is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 7. The compound of claim 6 which is:


8. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claim
 6. 9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 10. A compound which is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 